## Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide - Primary Agent/Consultant Environmental Protection Agency Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics Manage To xic Substance s

Delivery Order # GS00Q09BGD0022 Ta sk Order # EP - G1 1H - 00154 Project # TDD 9.21 Version 0.01 September 20, 2013TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant i 

### T able of Contents 1 Introduction ................................ ................................ ................................ ........................ 1 2 System Requirements ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 2.1 Supported Browsers ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 2 2.2 Screen Resolution ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 2 3 Primary Agent/Consultant Functions ................................ ................................ .................. 3 3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports Application ................................ .................... 4 3.2 Home Screen Navigation ................................ ................................ .............................. 5 3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ................................ ................................ ......... 7 3.4 Create Passphrase ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 10 3.5 Enter Passphrase ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 12 3.6 Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ................................ .......... 13 3.7 Action Bar ................................ ................................ ................................ ................... 22 3.8 Attach Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 24 3.9 Search Substance Registry Services ................................ ................................ .......... 27 3.10 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search ................................ ................................ ....... 32 4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form ................................ ................................ ..... 36 4.1 Create PMN Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 36 4.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ..................... 36 4.1.2 User Fees Certification ................................ ................................ ......................... 41 4.1.3 Agent Information ................................ ................................ ................................ . 42 4.1.4 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ .............. 47 4.1.5 Additional Submission Information ................................ ................................ ........ 51 4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ................... 54 4.1.7 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ ................ 55 4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information ................................ .......... 58 4 .1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ ................................ 60 4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ............................. 61 4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ................................ . 64 4.1.12 Chemical Identification ................................ ................................ .......................... 66 4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ....... 67 4.1.14 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ .............................. 72 4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information ................................ ................................ ........... 75 4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ......... 80TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant ii 4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ........... 84 4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information ................................ ............... 89 4.1.19 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 91 4.1.20 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet ................................ ....................... 96 4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) ................ 104 4.1.22 Phys ical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents ................................ ................................ ................................ ......... 107 4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information ................................ ................................ . 110 4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ .................. 111 4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information ................................ ................................ ......... 114 4.1.26 Occupational Exposures ................................ ................................ ..................... 118 4.1.27 Environmental Releases ................................ ................................ ..................... 121 4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ................................ ................................ .. 126 4.1.29 Exposures/Releases ................................ ................................ ........................... 129 4.1.30 Byproduct Information ................................ ................................ ......................... 134 4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevent ion ................................ ................................ .............. 136 4.1.32 Additional Attachments ................................ ................................ ....................... 139 4.1.33 Attachment Summary ................................ ................................ ......................... 140 4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 142 4.1.35 Upload XML ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 144 5 Create Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ............................ 146 5.1 Create Biotechnology Form ................................ ................................ ...................... 146 5.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 146 5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ................. 149 5.1.3 Joint Submission Information ................................ ................................ .............. 150 5.1.4 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information .............................. 152 5.1.5 Letter of Support Submi tter Information ................................ .............................. 154 5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ........................... 155 5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information ............................... 157 5.1.8 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 159 5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 163 6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form ................................ .............................. 165 6.1 Create NOC Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 165 6.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 165 6.1.2 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 166TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant iii 6.1.3 Chemical Information ................................ ................................ .......................... 169 6.1.4 Submitter Site Information ................................ ................................ .................. 172 6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1 ................................ ................................ .................... 174 6.1.6 CBI Substantiation Part 2 ................................ ................................ .................... 176 6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3 ................................ ................................ .................... 179 6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 182 7 Create Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ ...... 184 7.1 Create Support Form ................................ ................................ ................................ 184 7.1.1 General Form Information ................................ ................................ ................... 184 7.1.2 Original Submitter Information ................................ ................................ ............ 187 8 Create Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 190 8.1 Create Bona Fide Form ................................ ................................ ............................ 190 8.1.1 General Document Information ................................ ................................ ........... 190 8.1.2 Primary Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............... 193 8.1.3 Technical Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............ 196 8.1.4 Statement of Intent ................................ ................................ ............................. 198 8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information ................................ .............................. 200 8.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information ................................ ........................... 202 8.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of S upport Information ............................... 204 8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information ................................ ................................ ..... 207 8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ................................ ................................ ..... 208 8.1.10 Class 2 Substances ................................ ................................ ............................ 213 8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information ................................ ................................ ....... 216 8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reactants ................................ ................................ ......... 219 8.1.13 Use Information ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 222 8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification ................................ ................................ ................ 224 8.1.15 Document Management ................................ ................................ ...................... 226 8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter ................................ ................................ .......................... 227 9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form ................................ ......................... 229 9.1 Create Alternative Control Measures Form ................................ ............................... 229 9.1.1 Contact Information ................................ ................................ ............................ 229 9.1.2 Attachments ................................ ................................ ................................ ........ 232 10 Preview ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 235 11 Validate ................................ ................................ ................................ .......................... 239 12 Submit to EPA via CDX ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 241TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant iv 12.1 Submitting Official Information ................................ ................................ .................. 241 12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of ................................ ................................ ........................... 243 12.3 LVE Certification ................................ ................................ ................................ ....... 245 12.4 LOREX Certification ................................ ................................ ................................ . 246 12.5 Submission Process: Validation ................................ ................................ ................ 247 12.6 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification ................. 249 12.7 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login ........................... 250 12.8 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question ........ 250 12.9 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission .................. 251 13 Download Copy of Record ................................ ................................ .............................. 253 14 Create an Amendment ................................ ................................ ................................ ... 255 15 Resources ................................ ................................ ................................ ...................... 257 Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms, and Abbreviations ................................ ........................... 260TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant v 

### List of Exhibits Exhibit 3 - 1 Section 5 Notices and Supports User Roles Matrix ................................ ................... 4 Exhibit 3 - 2: Chemical Information Submission System Screen ................................ ................... 5 Exhibit 3 - 3: Section 5 Notices and Supports Home Screen ................................ ......................... 7 Exhibit 3 - 4: Section 5 Notices and Supp orts Forms Screen ................................ ...................... 10 Exhibit 3 - 5: Create Passphrase Screen ................................ ................................ ..................... 11 Exhibit 3 - 6: Enter Passphrase Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 12 Exhibit 3 - 7: Navigation Prompt ................................ ................................ ................................ .. 13 E xhibit 3 - 8: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 1) ................................ .................. 15 Exhibit 3 - 9: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 2) ................................ .................. 16 Exhibit 3 - 10: Premanufacture Notice Navigation Tree (Scroll 3) ................................ ................ 17 Exhibit 3 - 11: Biotechnology Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ............. 18 Exhibit 3 - 12: Notice of Commencement (NOC) Navigati on Tree ................................ ............... 19 Exhibit 3 - 13: Support Navigation Tree ................................ ................................ ....................... 19 Exhibit 3 - 14: Bon a Fide Navigation Tree (Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance) ........................... 20 Exhibit 3 - 15: Bona Fide Navigation Tree (Polymer) ................................ ................................ ... 21 Exhibit 3 - 16: Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Navigation Tree ................................ .......... 22 Exhibit 3 - 17: Action Bar – Validate ................................ ................................ ............................ 22 Exhibit 3 - 18: Action Bar – Save ................................ ................................ ................................ . 23 Exhibit 3 - 19: Action Bar – Preview ................................ ................................ ............................ 23 Exhibit 3 - 20: Action Bar – Submit ................................ ................................ .............................. 23 Exhibit 3 - 21: Action Bar – Links ................................ ................................ ................................ 24 Exhibit 3 - 22: Attach Documents Pop - Up W indow ................................ ................................ ...... 26 Exhibit 3 - 23: Search Substance Registry Services W indow ................................ ...................... 28 Exhibit 3 - 24: Che mical Not Found In Substance Registry Services W indow ............................. 30 Exhibit 3 - 25: Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services W indow with Maximum Percent ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ ..... 31 Exhibit 3 - 26: Facility Registry System Search Wi ndow ................................ .............................. 33 Exhibit 3 - 27: Add Manual Entry W indow ................................ ................................ ................... 35 Exhibit 4 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ........................... 39 Exhibit 4 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ........................... 40 Exhibit 4 - 3: User Fees Certification Screen ................................ ................................ ............... 42 Exhibit 4 - 4: Agent Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....................... 44 Exhibit 4 - 5: Add Agent W indow ................................ ................................ ................................ . 46 Exhibit 4 - 6: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .... 48 Exhibit 4 - 7: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ .............. 50 Exhibit 4 - 8: Additional Submission Information Screen ................................ ............................. 53 Exhibit 4 - 9: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 55 Exhibit 4 - 10: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 57TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant vi Exhibit 4 - 11: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 59 Exhibit 4 - 12: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 61 Exhibit 4 - 13: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 63 Exhibit 4 - 14: Unique Identifier Notification Wi ndow ................................ ................................ ... 65 Exhibit 4 - 15: Chemical Identification Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 67 Exhibit 4 - 16: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............ 71 Exhibit 4 - 17: Class 1 or 2 Ch emical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............ 72 Exhibit 4 - 18: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ .. 74 Exhibit 4 - 19: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ .. 75 Exhibit 4 - 20: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................ 79 Exhibit 4 - 21: Additional Chemical Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................ 80 Exhibit 4 - 22: Polym er Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 83 Exhibit 4 - 23: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 84 Exhibit 4 - 24: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............... 86 Exhibit 4 - 25: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............... 87 Exhibit 4 - 26: Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information Screen ................................ .. 91 Exhibit 4 - 27: Use Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ......... 95 Exhibit 4 - 28: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ......... 96 Exhibit 4 - 29: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 1) ......................... 103 Exhibit 4 - 30: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2) ......................... 104 Exhibit 4 - 31: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Screen .... 106 Exhibit 4 - 32: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 108 Exhibit 4 - 33: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach Documents W indow (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ................................ . 109 Exhibit 4 - 34: Submitter Controlled Site Information Screen ................................ ..................... 111 Exhibit 4 - 35: Sites Controlled By Others Screen ................................ ................................ ..... 113 Exhibit 4 - 36: Submitter Operation Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............. 117 Exhibit 4 - 37: Submitter Operation Infor mation Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............. 118 Exhibit 4 - 38: Occupational Exposures Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 121 Exhibit 4 - 39: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 125 Exhibit 4 - 40: Environmental Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 126 Exhibit 4 - 41: Industrial Sites Controll ed By Others Screen ................................ ...................... 129 Exhibit 4 - 42: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ............................... 132 Exhibit 4 - 43: Exposures/Releases Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ............................... 134 Exhibit 4 - 44: Byproduct Information Screen ................................ ................................ ............ 135 Exhibit 4 - 45: Optional Pollution Prevention Screen ................................ ................................ . 138 Exhibit 4 - 46: Additional Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ........... 140 Exhibit 4 - 47: Attachment Summary Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 142TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant vii Exhibit 4 - 48: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 143 Exhibit 4 - 49: Upload XML Screen ................................ ................................ ........................... 145 Exhibit 5 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Biotechnology) ................................ ............... 148 Exhibit 5 - 2: Joint Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ ....... 150 Exhibit 5 - 3: Joint Submission Information Screen ................................ ................................ ... 151 Exhibit 5 - 4: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 153 Exhibit 5 - 5: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 155 Exhibit 5 - 6: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen ................................ ................. 156 Exhibit 5 - 7: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 158 Exhibit 5 - 8: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 160 Exhibit 5 - 9: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 162 Exhibit 5 - 10 : Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 163 Exhibit 6 - 1: General Form Information Screen ................................ ................................ ........ 166 Exhibit 6 - 2: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 167 Exhibit 6 - 3: Add Technical Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............ 168 Exhibit 6 - 4 Chemical Information – Chemical Claimed CBI Screen (Scroll 1) .......................... 171 Exhibit 6 - 5 Chemica l Information – Chemical Claimed CBI Screen (Scroll 2) .......................... 172 Exhibit 6 - 6: Submitter Site Information ................................ ................................ .................... 173 Exhibit 6 - 7: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......................... 175 Exhibit 6 - 8: CBI Substantiation Part 1 Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......................... 176 Exhibit 6 - 9: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......................... 178 Exhibit 6 - 10: CBI Substantiation Part 2 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 179 Exhibit 6 - 11: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 1) ................................ ........................ 181 Exhibit 6 - 12: CBI Substantiation Part 3 Screen ( Scroll 2) ................................ ........................ 182 Exhibit 6 - 13: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 183 Exhibit 7 - 1: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ......................... 186 Exhibit 7 - 2: General Form Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ......................... 187 Exhibit 7 - 3: Original Submitter Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 189 Exhibit 8 - 1: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................. 192 Exhibit 8 - 2: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................. 193 Exhibit 8 - 3: Primary Contact Info rmation Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ...................... 195 Exhibit 8 - 4: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ...................... 196 Exhibit 8 - 5: Technical Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .. 198 Exhibit 8 - 6: Statement of Intent Screen ................................ ................................ ................... 200 Exhibit 8 - 7: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen ................................ .................... 202 Exhibit 8 - 8: Letter of Support Submission Inf ormation Screen ................................ ................. 204 Exhibit 8 - 9: Unique Identifier Notification W indow ................................ ................................ ... 206 Exhibit 8 - 10: Chemical Identification Information Screen ................................ ......................... 208 Exhibit 8 - 11: Class 1 or 2 Chemical S ubstances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ .......... 211TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant viii Exhibit 8 - 12: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ .......... 212 Exhibit 8 - 13: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ 215 Exhibit 8 - 14: Class 2 Substances Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ 216 Exhibit 8 - 15: Polymer Identification Inform ation Screen ................................ .......................... 219 Exhibit 8 - 16: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen ................................ ............................. 222 Exhibit 8 - 17: Use Information Screen ................................ ................................ ...................... 224 Exhibit 8 - 18: Submitter Site Identification Screen ................................ ................................ .... 226 Exhibit 8 - 19: Document Management Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 227 Exhibit 8 - 20: Optional Cover Letter Screen ................................ ................................ ............. 228 Exhibit 9 - 1: Contact Information Screen ................................ ................................ .................. 230 Exhibit 9 - 2: Add Contact W indow ................................ ................................ ............................ 232 Exhibit 9 - 3: Attachments Screen ................................ ................................ ............................. 234 Exhibit 10 - 1 : Preview Biotechnology Form Screen ................................ ................................ .. 235 Exhibit 10 - 2 : Preview Biotechnology Form PDF ................................ ................................ ...... 236 Exhibit 10 - 3 : Preview NOC Form PDF ................................ ................................ .................... 237 Exhibit 10 - 4 : Preview Support Form PDF ................................ ................................ ................ 238 Exhibit 11 - 1: Section 5 Notices and S upports Validation Pop - Up Wi ndow ............................... 240 Exhibit 12 - 1: Submitting Official Information Screen ................................ ................................ 242 Exhibit 12 - 2: Submitting On Behalf Of Screen ................................ ................................ ......... 244 Exhibit 12 - 3: LVE Certification Screen ................................ ................................ .................... 246 Exhibit 12 - 4: LOREX Certification Screen ................................ ................................ ............... 247 Exhibit 12 - 5: Submission Process: Validation Screen ................................ ............................. 248 Exhibit 12 - 6: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen ................................ ................... 248 Exhib it 12 - 7: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification Screen 249 Exhibit 12 - 8: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login S creen ......... 250 Exhibit 12 - 9: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Security Question Screen ................................ ................................ ................................ ................................ .... 251 Exhibit 12 - 10: Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission Screen 252 Exhibit 13 - 1: Download Copy of Record Screen ................................ ................................ ...... 253 Exhibit 13 - 2: Download Prompt Screen ................................ ................................ ................... 254 Exhibit 14 - 1: Section 5 Notices and Supports Form – Amendment ................................ ......... 255 Exhibit 14 - 2: Unlock Prompt Message ................................ ................................ .................... 256 Exhibit 15 - 1: Resources Screen (Scroll 1) ................................ ................................ ............... 258 Exhibit 15 - 2: Resources Screen (Scroll 2) ................................ ................................ ............... 259TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant ix 

### Revision Log **Date Version** 

**No. Description**  **Author Reviewer**  **Review Date**  09/20 /13 0.01 Initial Draft of User Guide C. Yeh J. DeRosa J. Ritchey 0 9/20 /13TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 1 

### 1 Introduction This document presents the user guide for the Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics (OPPT) Section 5 Notice s and Supports application submission process . This document is the user guide for the Primary Agent/Consultant user of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application . The Section 5 Notices and Supports application is the electronic, web -based tool provided by the Environmental P rotection Agency (EPA) for the submission of Section 5 Notices and Supports data. As a Primary Agent/Consultant , you can create or modify a ny Section 5 Notices and Supports form . You can also delete Section 5 Notices and Supp orts forms, create revised notices and download the Copy of Record (CoR) . You may not submit original main forms (including Premanufacture Notice (PMN), Biotechnology, Bona Fide, or Notice of Commencement (NOC)) forms. You may

submit Alternative Control Mea sures (ACM), Support forms, and amendments to all forms. For questions concerning the T oxic S ubstances C ontrol A ct (TSCA) Section 5 Notices and Supports software requirements, please contact the Central Data Exchange ( CDX) Help Desk at helpdesk@epacdx.net or call 1 - 888 - 890 - 1995 between the hours of 8am

– 6pm Eastern Standard Time ( EST ) . For questions concerning the TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports reporting requirements, please contact the TSCA Hotline at TSCA - Hotline@epamail.epa.gov or call 202 - 554 - 1404 between the hours of 8:30am

– 5:00pm EST.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 2 

### 2 System Requirements To use the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to submit a Section 5 Notice s and Support s f

orm the following are required :  An e - mail account  Java Script enabled web browser  Internet access  Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or higher  CDX username and password 2.1 Supported Browsers  Internet Explorer 7 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://windows.microsoft.com/en -US/internet - explorer/downloads/ie  Mozilla Firefox 3.5 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://www.mozilla.com/en -US/firefox/all - older.html  Safari 4 or above

 Go to the following link to download: http://support.apple.com/kb/dl877  Google Chrome

 Go to the following link to downlo ad: http://www.google.com/chrome 2.2 Screen Resolution  Screen resolution should be set to 1024 x 768 or greater .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 3 

### 3 Primary Agent/Consultant Functions This section describes how to:  Access the a

pplication  Navigate the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ s creen  Assign Support s to complete a form  Start and c omplete the Section 5 Notices and Supports forms

–P MN , Biotechnology , NOC , Support , Bona Fide, and/or ACM 721.30  Submit Support and ACM forms  Upload an Extensible Markup Language ( XML) file  Download a Cop y of Record  Create an amendment The Primary Agent/Consultant is not responsible for the submission of original main forms, including PMN, Biotechnology, NOC , or Bona Fide forms . The Primary Agent/Consultant is an individual who serves as a consultant to a specific compan y. However, this individual is not responsible for and does not have the authority to submit data since the agent/consultant does not technically work for the submitting company . As a Primary Agent/Consultant , you can create all form ty pes within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application . You are also responsible for submitting amendments , unlocking submissions , and deleting forms . A Primary Agent/Consultant can submit a Support or ACM form, but cannot submit any other form types , and may not assign Support users to a form . You can save the form at any point during the data entry process. The save functionality will allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. You can print the form at any point; however, the ‘ Not For Submission ’ watermark will be placed on the form anytime the form is printed prior to actual submission .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 4 Exhibit 3 - 1 displays a table of the capabilities of user roles within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application.

**Exhibit 3**  **- 1**  **Section 5 Notices and S upports User Roles Matrix** 

3.1 Log into Section 5 Notices and Supports A pplication After you create an account in CDX and click the ‘ Primary Agent/Consultant ’ link for the Chemical Safety and Pesticide Programs (CSPP) data flow , you will be taken to the main ‘ Chemical Information Submission System ’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 5 Exhibit 3 - 2 shows a screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information Submission System’ screen:

**Exhibi t**  **3 -** **2 :**  **Chemical Information Submission System Screen** 

**Navigation:** To access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, s elect ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu and click the ‘ OK ’ button. 3.2 Home Screen Navigation You can access the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen b y s electing ‘ TSCA Section 5 Notices and Supports

– ePMN ’ from the submission ty pe drop - down menu on the ‘Chemical In formation Submission System’ screen and clicking the ‘ OK ’ button.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 6 The Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home ’ screen is the first screen within the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. It provides you with links and tabs to access the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s ’ and ‘ Resources ’ screens. To navigate to any o f these screens, click the corresponding screen link (highlighted in blue text), or click the screen tab (located within the application header). The links and tabs provide the same functionality. There is a ten (10) minute logout time r for this application; the application will automatically log yo u out after ten minutes of inactivity and navigate you back to the CDX login screen .  **Forms:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You can create or modify a Section 5 Notices and Supports form using the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports F orms ’ screen, please refer to **Section 3.3**  **.**  **Resources:** Click the ‘ Resources ’ link or tab to navigate to the ‘ Resources ’ screen. You can find the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide , as well as useful links for guidance documents on the ‘ Resources ’ screen. For additional details about the ‘ Resources ’ screen, please refer to **Section 15**  .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 7 Exhibit 3 - 3 shows a screen capture of the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘ Home’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 3**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Home Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Forms ’ link or tab to access the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports ’ screen to create, unlock, edit, or delete forms . 3.3 Section 5 Notices and Supports Form s You can access the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen b y clicking th e ‘ Forms ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen, or by clicking the ‘Forms’ tab located within the application header.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 8 Only one Section 5 Notices and Supports form is created per form alias . Each column within the table of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen can be sorted by clicking the individual column headers. **Start New**  **Form :**  To create a new Section 5 Notices and Supports form, please select one of the following options from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Support, ’ ‘ Notice of Commencement (NOC), ’ ‘ Biotechnology, ’ ‘ Bona Fide, ’ or ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM) . ’ You are required to create a passphrase that will be associated with that pa rticular form. Make sure to create a passphrase that you will remember, as it cannot be retrieved or reset. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for further instructions on creating a new passphrase . **Edit a n ‘In Progress’**  **form :**  To modify an existing Section 5 Notices and Supports form , click the ‘Alias’ link for a form that has a status of ‘ In Progress. ’ You are required to enter the passphrase ass ociated with that particular form in order to access and continue editing the form. Refer to **Section 14**  for further instructions on viewing and mod ifying a form that is ‘In Progress.’ **Am end a**  **s ubmitted**  **f**

**orm :**  To edit an already submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form (i.e., to create an amendment), you must first unlock the particular submission by clicking the ‘Lock ’ icon ( ) under the ‘Action’ column. You will be required to enter the passphrase associated with that particular submission to gain access and continue amending the submission . All further changes that are sub mitted will be submitted as an amendment . Refer to **Section 14**  for further instructions on creating an amendment . The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen displays the following columns of information:  **Alias :**  Displays the form alias you provided within the ‘General Form Information , ’ ‘General Document Information,’ or ‘Contact Information’ screen. The ‘Alias’ column will display a default alias comprised of a form type , date stamp , and time stamp in the following format: <Form T yp e - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > if you accept the sy stem - generated ‘ Form Alias’ on the first screen in a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or wh en you must differentiate between forms .  **Type:** Displays the form ty pe pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column can contain the following values: ‘ Primary PMN, ’ ‘ Biotechnology ,’ ‘Support , ’ ‘NOC,’ ‘Bona Fide,’ or ‘ ACM . ’  **Subtype :**  Displays the form subty pe pertaining to the form ty pe for the reported chemical substance or mixture. This column contain s one of the following values for a PMN form: ‘ Mock Submission, ’ ‘ Lo REX Modification, ’ ‘ LVE Modification , ’ ‘ Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption ( Lo REX) , ’ ‘ Low Volume Exemption ( LVE ) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application ( TMEA) , ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice ( SNUN) , ’ or ‘ PMN. ’ This column contain s the following values for a Biotechnology form: ‘ Microbial Commercial Activity Notice ( MCAN) , ’ ‘ TSCA Experimental Release Application ( TERA) , ’ ‘ Tier 1 , ’ ‘ Tier 2 , ’ or ‘ Biotechnology Test Market Exemption ( Biotechnology _TME ) . ’ This column will contain the following values for a Support form: ‘ Amendment , ’ ‘ Test Data , ’ ‘ Transfer , ’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 9 ‘ Withdrawal , ’ ‘ Suspension Request , ’ or ‘ Other Correspondence . ’ NOC, Bona Fide , and ACM forms do not have subty pes.  **Case Number:** Displays the form case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture after EPA receives the submission . NOC and Support f orms will display

user entered case numbers. A consolidated submission will generate sequential case numbers for each chemical identified within the form . A consolidated submission will display all case numbers associated with that specific form. Case numb ers will not be sequential for joint consolidated submissions. If the form has not been submitted and received, the field remains blank.  **Status:** Displays the status of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form. The values will display as either ‘In Progress ’ or ‘Submitted.’  **Modify Date:** Displays the date the form was last modified.  **Submission Date:** Displays the date when you submit the form to EPA via CDX. This date populates only

after the form has been submitted .  **Copy of Record:** Click the ‘C opy of Record ’ icon ( ) to navigate to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen , then the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin’ screen to continue to the ‘Copy

of Record’ screen . The ’C opy of Record ’ icon ( ) displays onl y after the form has been completed . Refer to **Section 13**  for further instructions on downloading the Copy

of Record . If you have just submitted to CDX, the ‘C opy of Record ’ icon ( ) may

take 15 - 20 minutes to display. In addition , you must refresh the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen by clicking the browser’s refresh button for the ‘C opy of Record ’ icon ( ) to display .  **Action:** Displays a ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) for all forms with a status of ‘In Progress.’ Displays a ‘Lock ’ icon ( ) for all forms that have been submitted. Only an AO can unlock a form by clicking the ‘L ock ’ icon ( ) and unlocking the form . The form will remain unlocked and display the ‘Unlocked ’ icon ( ) until the form is resubmitted by the AO.  **Export Options:** Displays ‘CSV,’ ‘Excel,’ ‘XML,’ and ‘PDF’ links for you to export the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen in one of the specified formats as an Excel spreads heet, Comma - Separated Values ( CSV) file , XML file , or Portable Document Format (PDF) . The export options section will not display until a form is created.  **Form Type:** Displays the possible form ty pes that can be created. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Support, ’ ‘ Notice of Commencement (NOC), ’ ‘ Biotechnology ,’ ‘ Bona Fide , ’ and ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM ) . ’ This drop - down menu is only available to Primary

Authorized Officials and Primary Agents/Consultants .  **Start New Form:** Click this button to start a new form and navigate to the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. This button is only available to Primary Authorized Officials and Primary Agents/Consultants .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 10 Exhibit 3 - 4 shows a screen capture of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 4**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Select a form ty pe from the ‘Form Ty

pe’ drop - down menu and c lick the ‘ Start New Form’ button to navigate to the ‘ Create Passphrase ’ screen. 3.4 Create Passphrase You must create a passphrase that will be associated with a newl y created form. The application uses the passphrase as an encry ption key to protect the contents of the form . You are responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to the appropriate individuals. If you forget the passphrase, you will not have access to the form and will not be able to view, print, submit, or make changes. If you lose or forget the passphrase, you must create a new form and passphrase. For security reasons, the s ys tem administrator does not have access to the passphrase and will not be able to retrieve it or rese t it to a new one .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 11  **New Passphrase:** To associate a passphrase with a form , enter a passphrase that is at least eight ( 8 ) characters in length. To protect y our account, your passphrase should contain a combination of letters and numbers. The passphrase yo u create may include spaces, but should not contain special characters (for example, +,?, and *). You can associate the same passphrase with multiple forms . **You will be responsible for remembering the passphrase and distributing it to only authorized**  **Supp orts**  **for an individual form**  **. If you forget the passphrase, you will not be able to access the**  **Section 5 Notices and Supports form to print, submit, or make changes.**  Exhibit 3 - 5 shows a screen capture of the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen for a Primary Agent/Consultant : **Exhibit 3**  **- 5**  **: Create Passphrase Screen**

**Navigation:** Create a passphrase and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form In formation’ screen in a PMN , Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘General Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 12 3.5 Enter Passphrase To edit a form click the ‘Alias’ link for a Section 5 Notices and Supports form with a status of ‘ In Progress ’ on the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. The ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen requires yo u to enter the passphrase that is associated with the form .  **Enter Passphrase:** Enter the passphrase that y ou originally created and associated with the form . Exhibit 3 - 6 shows a screen capture of the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen: **Exhibit 3**  **- 6**  **: Enter Passphrase Screen**

**Navigation:** Enter the passphrase that you originally created and associated with the form and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘General Form Information’ screen in a PMN, Biotechnology, NOC, or Support form . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Genera l Document Information’ screen in a Bona Fide form. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Contact Information’ screen in an ACM form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 13 3.6 Navigation Tree The navigation tree is located on the left hand side of each screen . You can perform the following functions using the navigation tree:  **Open and Close the Navigation Tree :**  To provide more visual form space, a navigation arrow ( ) that opens and closes the navigation tree is located to the right of the navigation tree. Click the arrow ( ) to close the n avigation tree and increase the space of the form content. Likewise, click the arrow ( ) on the closed navigation tree to open the navigation tree.  **Collapse and e**  **xpand folders:** Each section of the form falls under a collapsible folder within the navigation tree , which allow s you to save space or easily view items in the navigation tree. When a folder is expanded, you can click the minus sign ( - ), the ‘ F older ’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to collapse that section of the n avigation tree. When a folder is collapsed, you can click the plus sign (+), the ‘ F older ’ icon ( ), or the folder title link to expand that section of the navigation tree. When you place your cursor over a folder title link, it will highlight in red.  **Navigate between screens:** Y ou can use the navigation tree to navigate between the various screens within the application and the different sections of the form. Each section of the form is denoted with a ‘F orm ’ icon ( ). You can click a ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) or a section title link to navigate between screens. You are required to save all information entered on a particular screen before navigating to the next screen or all entered information will be lost. A prompt will appear after you click a link in the navigation tree indicating, ‘ Are you sure you want to leave the current page? Any unsaved changes will be lost .’ If you click the ‘ OK ’ button, you will be taken to the requested screen without saving any o f the data in the previous screen. If yo u click the ‘ Cancel ’ button, the prompt will close and y ou will not be taken to the requested screen . Exhibit 3 - 7 shows a screen capture of the navigation prompt window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 7**  **: Navigation Prompt**

 **Add Joint Submission:** To add a Joint Submission, click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link located under the ‘Joint Submission’ folder within the navigation tree. A maximum of two Joint Submis sions can be added to a PMN form.  **Add Letter of Support:** To add a Letter of Support, click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link located under the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the navigation tree. An unlimit ed number of Letters of Support can be added to a PMN form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 14  **Delete ‘**  **Chemical ’**  **f**

**olders:** To delete specific chemical folders, a ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) displays at the bottom of each chemical folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form . When a chemical folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted chemical report is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new chemical report by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link , and filling in all corresponding data. This delete functiona lity is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide or ACM module .  **Copy ‘Chemical’ folders:** To cop y a specific chemical folder, a ‘Copy’ link displays at the bottom of each folder within the navigation tree of a PMN form. When a chemical folder is copied, the chemical name, CASRN, and attached documents are removed from the copied chemical. This cop y functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, Support, Bona Fide, or ACM module.  **Delete ‘**  **Submitted Controlled Operation s**  **’ or**  **‘ O**  **perations Controlled By Others ’**  **:** To delete a specific ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within a PMN form , a ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) is displayed at the bottom of each ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled by Others ’ folder within the navigation tree. When a ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder is deleted, all information entered within the deleted operation is lost and cannot be retrieved. You can add a new ‘Submitter Controlled Operation s ’ or ‘ Operation Controlled By Others ’ folder by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link under the appropriate folder and filling in all corresponding data . This delete functionality is not applicable to the Biotechnology, NOC, S upport, Bona Fide, or ACM modules.  **Add Consolidated Chemical:** To add a chemical in a consolidated submission, click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. A maximum of six (6) separate chemical folders can be added to a PMN form.  **Upload XML:** The system will display an ‘Upload XML’ button in the navigation tree to allow a user to upload a completed XML file into a new PMN form , joint PMN form, or to export an existing PMN form into an XML file format . For more information about the upload XML functionality, r efer to **Section 4.1.35**  for additional information .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 15 Exhibit 3 - 8 show s the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 3**  **- 8**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 16 Exhibit 3 - 9 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree ( S croll 2):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 9**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 2)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 17 Exhibit 3 - 10 shows the screen capture of the PMN navigation tree ( S croll 3):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 10**  **: Premanufacture Notice**  **Navigation Tree (Scroll 3)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 18 Exhibit 3 - 11 shows the screen capture of the Biotech nology navigation tree: **Exhibit 3**  **- 11**  **: Biotech**  **nology Navigation Tree** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 19 Exhibit 3 - 12 shows the screen capture of the NOC navigation tree:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 12**  **: Notice of Commencement (NOC)**  **Navigation Tree**

Exhibit 3 - 13 shows the screen capture of the Support navigation tree: **Exhibit 3**  **- 13**  **: Support**  **Navigation Tree**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 20 Exhibit 3 - 14 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance) : **Exhibit 3**  **- 14**  **: Bona Fide**  **Navigation Tree (Class**  **1 or 2**  **Chemical Substance)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 21 Exhibit 3 - 15 shows the screen capture of the Bona Fide navigation tree (Polymer):

**Exhibit 3**  **- 15**  **: Bona Fide**  **Navigation Tree (Polymer)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 22 Exhibit 3 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ACM navigation tree:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 16**  **: Al**  **ternative Control Measures (A CM)**  **Na vigation Tree** 

3.7 Action Bar The action b ar is located at the bottom of the form on each screen. You can perform the following functions using the action b ar:  **Validate:** You can click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form. A ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window generates when you click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all warning messages and validation errors that failed validation. On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button display ed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before the ‘Validate’ functional ity will initiate . Refer to **Section 11**  for more information on validating a form . The following exhibits , Exhibit 3 - 17 , Exhibit 3 - 18 , Exhibit 3 - 19 , and Exhibit 3 - 20 show the screen captures for the action b ar: **Exhibit 3**  **- 17**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Validate** 

 **Save:** You can click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm . After you click the ‘ Save ’ icon ( ), yo u will receive a prompt indicating that all data entered in the form has been saved successfully . The save function does not validate any data entered. On screens that display an expandable /collapsible field set , you must click the ‘Save’ button displayed within the expandable /collapsible field set to save the information entered within the field set before being able to click the ‘Save’ icon located within the action bar , or use the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons to navigate to another page . Clicking the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons on a form will also save the data entered within a form . Clicking the ‘X’ button in the upper -right corner of the form in your browser will automatically close the form without saving.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 23 **Exhibit 3**  **- 18**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Save** 

 **Preview:** You can click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm to preview the form . After you click the ‘ Preview ’ icon ( ), you will be given the option to view a regular version of the PDF or a sanitized version of the PDF. Choosing either option will generate and display a watermarked PDF version of the form . The draft watermarked PDF can display in a separate window depending on the individual browser settings . **Exhibit 3**  **- 19**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Preview** 

 **Submit:** You can click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) to submit an original ACM or Support f orm , or amendments after you and/or an assigned Support have completed all sections . After you click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ), the submission process is initiated. Refer to **Section 11**  for further instructions on validation errors. You can continue with the submission process onl y after clearing all validation errors. Validation warnings will not prevent y ou from submitting a form. Refer to **Section 12**  for more information on submitting a Section 5 Notices and Supports f

orm . **Exhibit 3**  **- 20**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Submit** 

 **Help Links:** You can click any of the ‘ Help ’ links , located at the bottom of each screen, at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form .

 If you click the ‘ CDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ MyCDX Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Login screen .

 If you click the ‘ EPA Homepage ’ link, the application takes you to the EPA Homepage.

 If you click the ‘ Terms and Conditions ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Terms and Conditions screen.

 If you click the ‘ Privacy Notice ’ link, the application takes you to the CDX Privacy and Security Notice screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 24 Exhibit 3 - 21 shows the screen capture of the action bar ‘Help’ links: **Exhibit 3**  **- 21**  **: A ction Bar**  **– Links**  3.8 Attach Documents The ‘Attach Document’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form , and provides functionality for you to attach supporting documents where needed. You can access the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button displayed on a screen. You will attach a file and enter a description, number of pages, and confidential business information ( CBI) status. The syst em allows you to claim an uploaded document as CBI. If you claim a document as CBI, the system requires you to upload a sanitized version of the attached document. If you are missing a required field, clicking the ‘OK’ button will display an error message notifying you to re - attach all documents. If you wish to change a CBI attachment to be non - CBI b y un - checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox , a warning will appear to notify you that un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox will delete the sanitized file. If you neglect to popu late a required field and click the ‘OK’ button, an error message will display to indicate the missing field and the application will delete the previously

attached file . After you upload a document to be attached, the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window w ill close and the document ’s information will be displayed in a table format on the screen. Depending on the screen, the attachment table may display the section of the page the file is associated with, the file name and file extension of the document, a description of the document , the number of pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI. The sys tem allows you to delete unwanted documents b y clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To view or edit previously

attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table to view previously entered document information .  **Type:** Select the document ty pe of the document that you upload . This drop - down menu contains th e following values: ‘ Aquatic Ecotoxicity, ’ ‘ Chemical Structure Diagram, ’ ‘ Fate, ’ ‘ Gel -permeation chromatography ( GPC ) , ’ ‘ Genetic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Health Toxicity, ’ ‘ IES Report, ’ ‘ Safety Datash eet , ’ and ‘ Terrestrial Ecotoxicity. ’  **Subtype:** Select the document sub ty pe of the document that you upload . This drop - down menu contains the following values, which are grouped under specific document types: ‘ Partitioning (e.g., Koc, Kd, Kow, Koa, Henry ’s law constant), ’ ‘ Hydrol ys is, ’ ‘ Fugacity, ’ ‘ Photolysis, ’ ‘ Monitoring data (e.g. air, water, soil, biota, human), ’ ‘ Biodegradation, ’ ‘ Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors ( BCF/BAF ) , ’ ‘ Material Safety Data Sheet/Safety

Data Sheet ( MSDS /SDS ) , ’ ‘ Technical Datasheet, ’ ‘ Eye Irritation, ’ ‘ Combined Repeated - Dose/Developme ntal/Reproductive Toxicity, ’ ‘ Sensitization, ’ ‘ Carcinogenicity, ’ ‘ Repeated - Dose Toxicity, ’ ‘ Neurotoxicity, ’ ‘ Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Developmental Toxicity, ’ ‘ Pharmacokinetics/Metabolism, ’ ‘ Dermal Irritation, ’ ‘ Reproductive Toxicity, ’ ‘ Fish Chronic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Chronic Toxicity, ’ ‘ Algae Toxicity, ’ ‘ Fish Acute Toxicity, ’ ‘ Chromosomal Aberrations Assay, ’ ‘ Unscheduled DNA Sy nthesis, ’ ‘ Genetic Mutation Assay, ’ ‘ Plant Toxicity, ’ ‘ Invertebrate Toxicity, ’ ‘ Avian Toxicity, ’ and ‘ Other. ’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 25  **Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window for y ou to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attached file can be one of the following file ty pes: .pdf, .mol, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, or .embl .  **Description:** Enter the description associated with the document. Submitters should not include any CBI information in the description of the file information. This i s a required field.  **Number of Pages:** Enter the number of pages in a document. This is a required field.  **Check to claim the attachment as CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the attached document as confidential . Un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox for a CB I document generates a warning notify

ing you that un - checking the CBI claim will delete the sanitized file.  **Sanitized Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive. The attach ed file can be one of the following file ty pes: .pdf, .ppt, .pptx, .xls, .xlsx, .doc, .docx, .rtf, .txt, .gif, .jpg, .png, .bpm, .fas, .gbk, or .embl . For any attached document claimed as CBI, y ou will be required to attach a sanitized version of the docum ent .  **Cancel:** Click the button to c ancel the attach document process.  **OK:** Click the button to attach and link the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window to the form. If a field is missing, a warning message will display notifying you that all attachments must be re - attached and the missing field must be populated .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 26 Exhibit 3 - 22 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window:

**Exhibit 3**  **- 22**  **: At** **tach Documents Pop**  **- Up**  **Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the document attachment process. Click the ‘OK’ button to attach the document to the form and navigate back to the original screen from which the document attachment process was initiated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 27 3.9 Search Substance Registry Services The ‘ Search SRS’ button displays on various screens within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify

chemicals that may

be stored in Substance Registry Services ( SRS ) . **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘ Search S RS’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window . You can search for the reported chemical(s) by either the ‘ Chemical Abstracts Service Registry

Number ( CASRN) ’ or ‘ CA Index Name or Other Sy nonym .’ The s ys tem allows yo u to claim the c hemical substance(s) as CBI. If zero results are retrieved , the system provides the option of entering manual chemical information by clicking the ‘Create New Chemical’ button. Click the ‘Create New Chemical’ button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found In S ubstance Registry Services’ window and enter chemical information by filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘ CASRN ’ under the manual entry field set. The system allows you to enter each chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Search SRS ’ window . Once you enter all known ch emical information and click the ‘OK’ button, the chemical information saves and populates into the chemical description table. The ‘ Actions ’ column of the chemical table allows yo u to delete chemicals that have bee n added.  **CASRN:** Enter the CASRN of the chemical. Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m’ field is required when searching SRS.  **CA Index Name or Other Synonym:** Enter the chemical abstract ‘ CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m ’ of the chemical . This field displays the following options: ‘Matches Exactly,’ ‘Contains,’ and ‘Begins With.’ Either the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synonym ’ field is required when searching SRS.  **Search:** Click the button to initiate the database search for the CASRN or CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m for the desired chemical.  **Create New Chemical:** Click the button to generate the ‘Chemical Not Found I n Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 28 Exhibit 3 - 23 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 23**  **: Search**  **Substance Registry Services Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Search’ button on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window to initiate the database search for the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA I ndex Name or Other Sy

nony m.’ After SRS returns results, select the chemical, click the ‘OK’ button on the ‘ Search SRS’ window , close the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ window, and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 29  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the entered chemica l as confidential . The ‘CBI’ checkbox will not be displayed on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window for the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances,’ ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation,’ and the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen.  **Chemical Name:** Enter the chemical name. This is a required field.  **CASRN:** Enter the manually entered CASRN , if available .  **Maximum Percent:** Enter the maximum percentage for the impurit y. This field is displayed only in the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ window on the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ window.  **OK:** Click the button to enter the manually entered chemical information into the fields on the screen from which the SRS search was initiated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 30 Exhibit 3 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 24**  **: Chemical Not Found In Substan**  **ce Registry Services Window**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 31 Exhibit 3 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ with maximum percent pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 25**  **: Chemical**  **Not Found In Substance Registry Services Window with Maximum**  **Percent**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘OK’ button to save the manually entered chemical information and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS search was initiated where the chemical information will be populated . Click the ‘Cancel’ button to navigate back to the ‘Search SRS’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 32 pop -up window. Click the ‘X’ located in the upper right corner to close the pop -up window and navigate back to the screen from which the SRS s earch was initiated. 3.10 Facility Registry System (FRS) Search The ‘FRS Search’ button is display ed on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ screen and the ‘Sites Controlled By

Others’ screen within a Section 5 Notices and Supports form to identify the sites for which you will be reporting. Click the ‘FRS Searc h’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ window . You will be able to search for a site by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility Name,’ ‘Facility Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When the results are found, y ou will be able to add a new site b y selecting from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or by adding a new site through the manual entry fields. The sys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI.  **EPA Registry ID:** Enter the EPA Registry ID. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Facility Name:** Enter the facility name. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Facility Address:** Enter the facility address. At least on e search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **City:** Enter the facility city. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **State:** Enter the facility state. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **Postal Code:** Enter the facility postal code. At least one search parameter must be entered in order for results to be returned.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the facility information as confidenti al.  **Site Alias:** Enter the site alias. This is a required field if a Joint Submission is being filed.  **Search:** Click the button to initiate EPA’s FRS search .  **Add Manual Entry:** Click the button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop -up window.  **Cancel:** Click the button to close the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop -up window and navigate back to the screen from which the FRS search was initiated . Exhibit 3 - 26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window:TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 33

**Exhibit 3**  **- 26**  **: Facility Registry System Search Windo**  **w**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 34 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Add FRS Entry ’ button to in put the selected site from the FRS search results to the screen from which y ou initiated the FRS search. Click the ‘Add Manual Entry ’ button to navigate to the ‘Add Manual Entry’ pop -up window.  **Add FRS Entry:** Click the button to close the ‘Facility Regist ry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window and populate the selected site to the site location table. This button displays onl y when FRS search results are successfully returned.  **Site Name:** Enter the site name. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the site. This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the site.  **City:** Enter the city of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **State:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **Postal Code:** Enter the postal code of the mailing address of the site . This is a required field if a manually entered site is being added.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the manually entered site as confidential.  **Site Alias:** Enter the site alias for the manually enter ed site. This is a required field if a Joint Submission is being filed.  **FRS Search:** Click the button to navigate back to the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop up window.  **Cancel:** Click the button to close the ‘Facility Registry System Search’ pop -up window.  **OK:** Click the button to populate the entered site information i nto the table displayed on the site from which the FRS search was initiated from .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 35 Exhibit 3 - 27 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Manual Entry ’ pop -up window: **Exhibit 3**  **- 27**  **: Ad**  **d Manual Entry**  **Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘OK’ button to add the manually entered site information to the site fields on the screen from which you initiate d the FRS search.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 36 

### 4 Create Premanufacture Notice (PMN) Form Anyone who plans to manufacture or import a new chemical subst ance for a non - exempt commercial purpose is required by Section 5 of TSCA to provide EPA with notice before initiating the activity, known as a PMN form . This PMN must be submitted at least 90 days prior to the manufacture or import of the chemical. 4.1 Create PMN Form To create a new PMN form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button . Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer **to Section**  **3.4** for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 4.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘ Start New Form ’ button and creating a new passphrase , or b y accessing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form that is in progress and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides fields to input identify ing information for the specific f orm. You will have the option to assign a ‘ Form Alias’ to identify the form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when yo u must differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Informati on’ screen, the system will auto - generate a default alias comprised of a form type , date stamp and time stamp in the following format: <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . If you select ‘Premanufacture Notice (PMN)’ or ‘Significant New Use Notice ( SNUN)’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu , the ‘ Pay ment ID ’ and the ‘ Toxic Substance ( TS ) Number ’ field s are required . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen . If yo u select ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, it is recommended that a cover letter be provided. Otherwise, a warning message will display during validation of the form. If yo u are not filing a PMN or SNUN, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent In formation’ screen . If ‘Low Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(1)’ or ‘LVE Modification’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, a ‘LVE Certification’ screen will generate and display during submission. If ‘Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption (LOREX) @ 40 CFR 723.50(c)(2 )’ or ‘L O REX Modification’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu, a ‘L O REX Certification’ screen will generate and display during submission. If ‘Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA)’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop - down menu, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. The ‘PMN Identification’ section provides fields for you to enter information about other communications with EPA by entering a TS number and Pay ment ID. The TS number is determine d b y the company to identify

the form for both pay

ments and connecting related submissions when additional communications ( Letters of Support , J oint S ubmissions, and corrections) are sent before a PMN/LVE case number has been assigned . The TS number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination . The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical series are not recommended. A unique identification number for the form will generate later if a L etter ofTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 37 S upport or J oint S ubmission is being filed . The ‘Pay ment ID’ is a user supplied alphanumeric value that corresponds to the method of trans actions that you used to submit the user fee (a check number, a wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number) . The ‘P ay ment ID ’ is a required field when you are filing a PMN or SNUN. The ‘Test Data’ section provides checkboxes to identify data that is included in the type of notice yo u selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu. The following values will display as checkboxes: ‘ Environmental fate data ,’ ‘ Health effects data ,’ ‘ Environmental effects data ,’ ‘ Physical/Chemical properties ,’ ‘ Risk assessments ,’ ‘ Structure/Activity relationships ,’ ‘ Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter ,’ and ‘Other data.’ You are required to submit all test data in y our possession or control and to provide a description of all other data known to or reasonably ascertainable b y you, if these data are related to the health and environmental effec ts on the manufacture, processing, distribution in commerce, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. Standard literature citations may be submitted for data in the open scientific literature. Complete test data (written in English), not su mmaries of data, must be submitted if they do not appear in the open literature. You should clearly identi fy whether test data is on the substance or on an analog. In addition , the chemical composition of the tested material should be characterized. The ‘ Identify

whether any

of the below options apply ’ section provides checkboxes for you to indicate how interactions with other companies occur within the form. If the compan y is filing a J oint S ubmission, a folder generate s within the navigation tree for y ou to enter information concerning the J oint S ubmission. The unique identification number will be generated and sent to the joint submitter by the primary submitter and will link the two forms together. You will also be able to indicate that a Letter of Support is expected with the original PMN form . The Letter of Support will be submitted by a Secondary AO , with a unique identification number linking the forms .  **For m**  **Alias:** Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will auto generate an editable form alias comprised of <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field .  **Type of Notice :**  Select a value to capture the type of notice for the PMN form. Valid values include: ‘ Premanufacture Notice (PMN), ’ ‘ Significant New Use Notice (SNUN) , ’ ‘ Test Marketing Exemption Application (TMEA), ’ ‘ Lo w Volume Exemption (LVE) @ 40 CFR 723.50 (c)(1), ’ ‘ Lo w Release/Low Exposure Exe mption (LOREX) @ 4 0 CFR 723.50( c)(2), ’ ‘ LVE Modification, ’ ‘ LOREX Modification, ’ and ‘ Mock Submission. ’ A Mock Submission is an enforcement case where the chemical was manufactured /imported in the past and is not currently being manufactured/imported by the company. This is a required field.  **TS Number :**  Enter the TS number relating to the PMN form ; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric combination. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and num erical series are not recommended. TS numbers should be unique to this submission and should not be reused in a subsequent submission. This field is required if ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop - down menu .  **Payment ID :**  The ‘ Pay ment ID ’ can be entered as free text , but refers to a check number, wire transfer number, or a Pay.gov transaction number used to transmit a fee electronically .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 38 This field is required if either ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ is selected from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop down menu.  **Environmental f** 

**ate d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Environmental fate d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental fate data.  **Health e**  **ffects d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Health effects d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains health effects data.  **Environmental e**  **ffects d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Environmental effects d ata’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains environmental effects data.  **Physical/Chemical p**  **roperties :**  Check the ‘Physical/Chemical p roperties’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains physical/chemical properties data .  **Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter :**  Check the ‘Test data not in the possession or control of the submitter’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains test data not in the possession or control of the submitter.  **Risk a**  **ssessments :**  Check the ‘Risk a ssessments’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains risk assessments data .  **Structure/Activity r**  **elationships :**  Check the ‘Structure/Activity relationships’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains structure/activity relationships data .  **Other d**  **ata :**  Check the ‘Other data’ checkbox to indicate that the form contains other ty pes of data.  **Check here if you are filing a joint PMN**  **:** Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint PMN’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a joint PMN form . A ‘Joint Submission’ folder will generate within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending :**  Check the ‘Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate that the form is pending a L etter of S upport. A ‘Letter of Support’ folder will display within the navigation tree upon clicking the ‘Save’ icon located at the bottom of the screen within the action bar or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘General Form Information’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 39 Exhibit 4 - 1 show s the screen capture of the ‘ General Form Information ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 1**  **: G**  **eneral Form Information Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 40 Exhibit 4 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 2**  **: General Form Information**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navi gation:**  If you are filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘User Fees Certification’ link within the navigation tree. If yo u are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 41 4.1.2 User Fees Certification You can access the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen by selecting ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN’ from the ‘Ty pe of Notice’ drop - down menu and by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ link within the navigation tree. The purpose of the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen is to inform EPA of how the user fees were paid. You will have three (3) options to select from to notify EPA which user fee was remitted . A company will indicate wheth er ‘$100’ was remitted for a small business, ‘$1 , 000’ was remitted for an intermediate PMN, or ‘$2 , 500’ was submitted for a large business. You can find the specifics of which category to file under b y reviewing 40 CFR Section 700.  **The Company named in Par t 1, Section A has remitted the fee of $2**  **, 500 specified in 40**  **CFR 700.45(b) :**  Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $2,500. One of the three user fee options must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1 , Section A has remitted the fee of $1,000 for**  **Intermediate PMN (defined @ 40 CFR 700.43) in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b) :**  Select this radio button to identify whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $1,000. One of the three user fee opti ons must be selected .  **The Company named in Part 1, Section A is a small business concern under 40 CFR 700.43 and has remitted a fee of $100 in accordance with 40 CFR 700.45(b)**  **:** Select this radio button to identify

whether you have remitted a user fee in the amount of $100. One of the three user fee options must be selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 42 Exhibit 4 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ User Fees Certification ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 3**  **: User Fees Certification**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.3 Agent Information You can access the ‘ Agent Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘User Fees Certification’ screen if you are filing aTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 43 ‘PMN’ or ‘SNUN.’ You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Agent Information’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Agent Information’ screen provides fields for you to enter information regarding all parties involved in populating the PMN form. The agent should be a person who can answer questions about the form. The ‘ Agent Information ’ screen displays an ‘Add Agent’ button that generates the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window for you to input the contact information on behalf of who m the submission is being made. You will be able to enter mu ltiple agents; if the agent is the same individual , who is filling out the form , click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to retrieve user information entered during CDX registration . The system provides a checkbox for you to claim entered contact informat ion as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Each agent will have an individual CBI claim. You will be able to enter contact information for each agent , and click the ‘OK’ button , which will populate the agent table located on the bottom of the ‘Agent In formation’ screen. The table allows you to delete agents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit agent information, click the agent name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column , which will generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window with the previously entered agent information .  **Add Agent:** Click the button to generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window to enter multiple agents into a table format.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported agent. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to generate the ‘Add Agent’ pop -up window and edit the agent information .  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported agent.  **Address:** Displays the mailing address of the reported agent.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the agent information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete specific agents. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the agent information .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 44 Exhibit 4 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Agent Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 4**  **: Ag**  **ent Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration . The s ystem displays a prompt confirming the import of CDX registration information.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 45  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim agent information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the agent’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the agent’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the agent’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the agent’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the agent’s day time phone number: U . S . or international . This field does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the agent’s email addres s. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:**  Enter the second line of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the agent’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX R egistration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field if the ‘Country ’ field is set to ‘United States . ’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the agent’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the agent’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fiel ds populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 46 Exhibit 4 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Agent’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 5**  **: Ad**  **d A gent Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon i n the upper right -hand corner to stop the process of adding agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent Information’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ button to populate the entered agent information and navigate back to the ‘Agent In formation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 47 4.1.4 Technic al Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Agent Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact In formation ’ link within the navigation tree. The technical c ontact should be able to answer, or obtain answers to, questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the PMN form . The technical c ontact does not have to physicall y work at the site reported on the form , but must be readily available by phone or email . The system provides functionality to enter multiple technical contacts. If the contact is the same person who is filling out the form , the s ys tem presents a ‘ Copy CDX Registration ’ button for you to retrieve your user information from CDX. You will enter the contact information for each technical contact within the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window and click the ‘ OK ’ button at the bottom of the window , which will populate the technical contacts table located on the bottom of the screen. The table provides functionality for yo u to delete a technical contact by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘ Actions ’ column. To edit technical contact information, click the technical contact name within the ‘ Last Name ’ column. The system provides functionality for yo u to claim entered contact information as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window , which pro vides fields for you to enter technical contact information.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact. Click the ‘Last Name’ link to edit the technical contact information .  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported te chnical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete specific technical contacts .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 48 Exhibit 4 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 6**  **: Technical Contact**  **Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submis sion In formation’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your information from CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration ’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration . A prompt will dis play confirming the import of CDX registration information.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 49  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential . If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the ‘Copy

CDX Re gistration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon navigating back to the screen after cop ying CDX registration information . To claim a technical contact as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the technical c ontact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contac t’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time phone number ; this field does not accept dashes . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must fol low the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the technical contact’s U . S . city of the mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 50 Exhibit 4 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window: **Exhibit 4**  **- 7**  **: Ad**  **d Technical**  **Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper -right corner to stop the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ s creen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 51 4.1.5 Additional Submission Information You can access the ‘Additional Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Submission Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Additional Submission I nforma tion’ screen gather s resources concerning the PMN form that references generic information for the form that allows EPA to set a base point for the project. The ‘ Prenotice Communication Number ’ is a number given to a user during past communication with EPA. This number is required if you are filing a consolidated PMN. EPA must approve all consolidated PMN forms prior to submission . The system will require that you either enter a number into the text field or che ck the ‘None’ checkbox. EPA uses the ‘ Previously Submitted Notice Number ’ to continue the link of past, current, and future forms . This number allows EPA to associate previous renditions of the current submission in the PMN process. The system will require that you either enter a case number into the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. The ‘ Bona Fide Intent Notice Number ’ is listed to s how the company previously contacted EPA to determine whether the chemical in question was previously listed on the TSCA inventory. The system will require that you either enter a numb er into the text field or check the ‘None’ checkbox. You may

declare the number confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. On this screen, a company must also declare whether the newly registered chemical will be manufactured or imported. You will have the option to select ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘I mport’ and depending on whether the company onl y intends to do one of the available options, the system provides ‘Binding’ checkboxes to indicate a binding option. The binding option demonstrates that you intend to only do the one option selected and would be willing to legally

bind to that situation if EPA chooses to regulate that chemical. The purpose of the binding option is to enable EPA (if necessary ) to efficiently negotiate with a PMN submitter the development of §5(e) consent orders and promulgate Significant New Use Rules (S NUR) for those new chemical substances that the Agency determines may present an unreasonable risk if certain control actions are not implemented. This option is intended to reduce delays that can slow the development of consent orders absent such agreemen t. At one time, SNUR were limited to environmental release activities and certain industrial, commercial, or consumer activities, but now they can include other important activities, such as protection in the workplace and hazard communications. Control me asures instituted by the submitter to reduce exposures and/or releases of the substance may have a direct bearing on the Agency 's conclusions regarding risk. Therefore, you may wish to indicate your willingness to be bound to certain submitted information on the form , which rel ates to the issue of potential risk such as use, production volume, protective equipment, engineering controls, and/or process description. By indicating yo ur willingness to make these commitments, y ou would be indicating an interest in future negotiations if the Agency deems them necessary.  **Prenotice Communication Number -**  **None:** Check the ‘ None ’ checkbox for the ‘ Prenotice Communication Number ’ to indicate that there is no prenotice communication number . The system will display

a prompt to confirm this choice . Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re generate a ‘Prenotice Communication Number’ field and enter a value.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 52  **Prenotice Communication Number :**  Enter the prenotice communication number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required if a form is a consolidated submission .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual prenotice communication number as confidential .  **Previously Submitted Notice Number -**  **None:** Check the ‘ None ’ checkbox for the ‘ Previously

Submitted Notice Number ’ to indicate that there is no previously submitted notice number . The s ys tem will display a prompt to confirm this choice. Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - generate a ‘Previously Submitted Notice Number’ field and enter a value.  **Previously Submitted Notice Number:** Enter the previously submitted notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. This number must be entered in a case number format and accepts alphanumeric characters and dashes. Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual previously submitted notice number as confidential .  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number -**  **None:** Check the ‘None’ checkbox for the ‘ Bona Fide Intent Notice Number ’ to indicate that there is no bona fide intent notice number . The s ys tem will display

a prompt to confirm this choice. Un - check the ‘None’ checkbox to re - generate a ‘Bona Fide Intent Notice Number’ field and enter a value.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number:** Enter the bona fide intent notice number to associate with a previous contact with EPA. Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an individual entry . Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) that displays after saving to edit an individual entry . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete individual entries . Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add entries . This field is required, or the ‘None’ checkbox must be checked.  **Bona Fide Intent Notice Number –**  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim an individual bona fide intent notice number as confidential .  **Manufacture :**  Check the ‘Manufacture’ chec kbox to claim the intent to manufacture .  **Binding :**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to manufacture information as binding .  **Import :**  Check the ‘Import’ checkbox to claim the intent to import.  **Binding :**  Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim intent to import information as binding.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 53 Exhibit 4 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 8**  **: Ad**  **ditional Submission Information Screen**

**Navigation:** If you are not filing a Joint or Letter of Support submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. If you are submitting a J oint S ubmission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you have a Letter of Support pending and are not submitting a joint submission, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation ’ screen . You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 54 4.1.6 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button fr om the ‘Additional Submission Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree . Click the ‘Add Joint Submission’ link within the navigation tree to add an additional joint su bmitter; a maximum of two joint submitters may

be listed in a PMN form. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen is used to enter contact information regarding the joint submitter that will be submitting separate information regarding the PMN form . The j oint submitter will be sent the unique identification number by the primary submitter . Only

two joint submitters may

be listed.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI**  **:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s job titl e .  **Company Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s day time phone number; U . S . or international . This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field .  **Email Address :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the joint submitter ’s mailing address .  **City:** Enter the city

of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the joint submitter ’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the joint submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 55 Exhibit 4 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 9**  **: Joint Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.7 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 56 The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information to pass to the joint submitter . A text box is used to send information to the joint submitter in an unencry pted email sent by the primary s ubmitter. A ‘Unique Id entifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display

on this screen. The unique identification number generate s when a user declares a joint submission is being established. **Joint Submission Pr ocess:**  When you designate that a joint submission is being filed, you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Joint Submission’ folder. When the primary submitter navigates to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen, the primary submitter can choose to send an email to the joint submitter identified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. When the joint submitter accesses the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form , the joint submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary

and jo int forms. The original notice will not undergo a review process until all forms have been received.  **Joint Submission Information Instructions :**  Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the joint submitter .  **Joint Submission Informational Text**  **:** Displays instructional text provided by OPPT, the unique identification number generated for the form , and provides functionality to email the unique identification number to the joint submitter by clicking the ‘ Notify the Secondary Sub mitter of the Joint Submission ’ link .  **Unique Identification Number :**  The unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the joint submitter to create a joint submission .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 57 Exhibit 4 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 10**  **: Joint**  **Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link to access the unique identifier notification pop -up window. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if y ou are not filing a Letter of Support form. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you are submitting a Letter of Support. You can also a ccess this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 58 4.1.8 Notify Joint Submitter of Joint Submission Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the joint submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From :**  Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form .  **CC :**  This field automatically populate s with the email address of the logged in user that created the original form and the email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text for y ou to enter multiple email addr esses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter Information’ screen ; this email address will be pre -populated upon navigating to the window. Enter any additional email addresses that the email should be sent to.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message:** Contains a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a joint submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the joint submitter .  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 59 Exhibit 4 - 11 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 11**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the joint submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 60 4.1.9 Letter of Support Submitter Information Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen to access the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ screen if a Letter of Support is pending . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ link within the navigation tree. If you are only filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission I

nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen . Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of Support. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter contact information for the Letter of Support submitter who will be entering separate information regarding the PMN form . The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter via the email address provided. An unlimited number of Letters of Support can be identified for each form.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the Letter of Suppo rt submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s last name. This is a required field .  **Position :**  Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s day time phone number ; U.S. or international . This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field .  **Email Address:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter ’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 61 Exhibit 4 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 12**  **: Letter of Support Submitter**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.10 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Sub mission Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 62 The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays fields that capture information to pass to the Letter of Support submitter . A field titled ‘Special In formation’ is used to send information to the Letter of Support submitter in an email sent by the primary submitter . A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number generate s when yo u declare a Letter of Support is being established. **Letter of Support Submission Process:** When yo u designate that a Letter of Support is pending , you will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support’ folder. When the primary

submitter chooses to, the s ys tem will send an email to the Letter of Support submitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will contain the unique identification number that will link the two forms. When the Letter of Support submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and click s the ‘Start New Form’ button , the Letter of Support submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary and Letter of Support forms . Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add extra Letters of Support as needed.  **Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions:**  Enter the information that the primary submitter is sending to the Letter of Support submitter .  **Letter of Support Submission**  **Informational Text :**  Displays instructional text provided by EPA , the unique identification number generated for the form , and provides functionality to email the unique identification number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the ‘ Notify the Se condary

Submitter of the letter of support submission ’ link .  **Unique Identification Number:** Th e unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a L etter of S upport form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 63 Exhibit 4 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 13**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Scre**  **en**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link to navigate to the unique identifier notification window. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link to file two or more Letters of Support. Click the ‘Add C onsolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to generate and access the ‘Chemical I dentification’ screen. If you are editing a form, c lick the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identificati on’ screen if you are on the second ‘Letter of Support’ folder or are only filing one Letter of Support form. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 64 4.1.11 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. The unique identifier not ification window is used to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for yo u to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitt er), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the logged in user that created the form .  **CC :**  This automatically populate s with the email address of the logged in user that created the form and the email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text for y ou to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter ’ screen; this email address is pre -populated upon navigating to the unique identifier notification window .  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Primary PMN’ in an editable text field that can be modified as needed.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions to pass onto the Letter of Support submitter .  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ f ields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 65 Exhibit 4 - 14 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification window :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 14**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 66 4.1.12 Chemical Identification Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to gener ate and access the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen. If you are editing a form where the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen has alread y been generated, c lick the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Submission I nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if you are not filing a j oint or Letter of Support submission. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identificati on’ screen if you are filing a Joint S ubmission and not a Letter of Support. Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen if y ou are filing a Letter of Support submission. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Ch emical Identification ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Chemical Identification’ screen identifies the ty pe of chemical the submitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a PMN form for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly

mer. Based on your selection , the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen within the navigation tree . I f yo u identify the chemical as a poly

mer by selecting the ‘ P oly

mer’ radio button , clicking the ‘Save’ icon within the bottom action bar, or clicking the ‘Next’ button will generate the ‘Polymer Identification In formation’ screen and the ‘ Monomers and Other Reactants ’ screen within the navigation tree . This screen provides a field to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The alias is an optional field that will rename the chemical folder within the navigation tree. The chemical alias is required if a J oint S ubmission or Letter of Support is being filed. The alias field will allow you to identify chemicals in a consolidated chemical submission.  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical**  **Substance :**  Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. If you select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button after initially

selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ or ‘Poly mer’ radio button is required.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a poly mer. If you select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button after initially selecting the ‘ Poly mer ’ radio button, the application generates an error message warning you that you will lose all data for this chemical if the chemical ty pe changes. Selecting either the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ or ‘Poly mer’ radio button is re quired.  **Chemical Alias :**  Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical . This field will auto generate a chemical alias in the navigation tree if this field is left blank. This field is required if the form is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 67 Exhibit 4 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen : **Exhibit 4**  **- 15**  **: Chemical Identification Screen**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree. If you selected the ‘Poly

mer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ butto n to navigate to the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Polym er Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree to add a consolidated chemical after selecting a chemical type. 4.1.13 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances You can navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen if y ou selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen and clicked the ‘Next’ button. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 68 The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information describing the chemical for which the PMN is to be filed. This screen will ou tline the unique chemical properties that show the name, composition , and structure of the chemical. The sys tem provides fields for you to identify several key

aspects concerning a chemical’s identity. For a single component submission, create the field s et by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates an expandable/collapsible field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, create another field set b y clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals are always gener ated together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create and identify chemicals in separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen , click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen . If you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen , click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substan ces’ screen. For a c lass 1 substance c hemical s tructure diagram, provide a complete and correct chemical structure diagram. A c lass 1 structural diagram should clearly and completely indicate the identity of the atoms and the nature and location of the bon ds joining the atoms. Provide ionic charges and known stereo chemical details. Carbon atoms in ring s ys tems do not need to be explicitly shown. For a c lass 2 substance c hemical s tructure diagram: 1) List the immediate precursor substances with their re spective Chemical Abstracts Service ( CAS ) Registry

Numbers (CASRN) . 2) Describe the nature of the reaction or process. 3) Indicate the range of composition and the ty pical composition (where appropriate). 4) Provide a correct representative or partial chemical s tructure diagram, as complete as can be known, if one can be reasonably ascertained. Provide partial, complete , or representative structural diagrams to the extent possible. The diagram should indicate the characteristic or variable compositional structural components of the substance. If you are unsure of the exact structure, provide the best information you have and indicate that it is your best estimate of the chemical structure .  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the button to generate the class 1 or 2 chemical substances expandable/collapsible field set.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 69  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displaye d when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible fi eld set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **B.1.a Class of Substance:** In section B.1.a, you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. When you select the ‘Class 2’ chemical substance radio button , you indicate that some portions of the structure may not be known and a ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will appear within th e navigation tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button for yo u to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple ‘Class 2’ chemical components are added, onl y one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will generate that appl ies to all the compone nts. You may claim the chemical substance class as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. Either a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ radio button must be selected .  **Class 1:** Selecting the ‘Class 1’ radio button identifies the chemical as a ‘Class 1’ substance. A ‘Class 1’ substance is a single molecular entity that can be represented by a single, definite structural diagram. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the ‘B.1.a. Class of Substance’ section is required.  **Class 2:** Selec ting the ‘Class 2’ radio button identifies the chemical as a class 2 substance. A class 2 substance is a substance whose composition cannot be represented by a single, definite chemical structural diagram. Class 2 substance s include substances of unknown, variable, or unc ertain composition, complex mixtures or reaction products, or well - defined substance s without specific structures. Either the ‘Class 1’ or the ‘Class 2’ radio button in the ‘B.1.a. Class of Substance’ section is required.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Class of Substance’ as confidential .  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS ’ button to generate the ‘Search Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window , if applicable .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name of the chemical identified on the ‘Search Substance Registry

Services’ pop -up window . For c lass 1 substances, a ‘Chemical Abstracts ( CA) Index Name ’ must be provided. For c lass 2 substances either a ‘ CA Index Name ’ orTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 70 ‘ CA Preferred Name ’ must be provided, whichever is appropriate based on current CA nomenclature rules and conventions. This is a required field .  **Generic Chemical Name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field only displays when ‘CASRN’ and ‘Chemical Name’ are marked as ‘ CBI . ’ This is a required field.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)**  **:** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service) ’ radio button to identify the ID Method as the CAS I nventory Expert Service (IES) method and generate the ‘IES Order #’ field . A copy of the i dentification report obtained from the CAS I

nventory Expert Services must be submitted as an attachment to this notice ; an IES report is required . For a consolidated submission, e ach chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical . A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **Method 2 (Othe**  **r Method) :**  Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method) ’ radio button to identify the ID method as ‘ Other Method. ’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a Scientific and Technical Information Network ( STN) database report or a CAS Client Services report , qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ The chemical can only be ‘Method 2’ if the consolidated submission is pending a Letter of Support. A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **IES Order #:** Enter the IES order number of the report. This field only displays when the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button is selected . This is a required field.  **Molecular Formula:** Enter the molecular formula associated with a chemical. The molecular formula mu st give the correct identity and number of atoms of each element contained in the PMN molecule or a description if the substance is a c lass 2 material . The s ystem will not allow subscripts and superscripts to be used. This is a required field .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Molecular Formula’ data as confidential .  **Section:** Select the section of the page the file is associated with that you intend to attach from the drop - down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Chemical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ This is a required field in order to upload an attachment .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section associated wi th a document.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 71  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button and successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. Exhibit 4 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen ( S croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 16**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 72 Exhibit 4 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen ( s croll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 17**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you select the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navig ation tree. If you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Class 2 Substances’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.14 Class 2 Substances You can navigate to the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen when you select the ‘Class 2’ radio button for theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 73 ‘Class of Substance’ field . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Cl ass 2 Substances’ screen captures information regarding a c lass 2 chemical substance. A c lass 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fields to identify specific elements in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘ Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition.’ Enter precursor substances by searching SRS or using manual entry when the substance is not in SRS. The selected substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘ CASRN. ’ The system provides fields to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **B.1.e.1. Precursor Substances:** This table captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the precursor substances information as confidential .  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to g enerate the ‘Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click the ‘Chemical Name’ link to generate the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window to make edits.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN , if applicable, associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemical .  **B.1.e.2. Nature of Reaction**  **:** Enter the nature of the reaction or process description .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the nature of reaction information as confidential .  **B.1.e.3 Range of Composition :**  Enter the range of composition and the typical composition description .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the range of composition information as confidential .  **Section:** Select the section of the page the document you intend to attach is associated with from the drop - down menu . This is a required field .  **Attach Document**  **:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and initiate the document upload process. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section associated with a document.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 74  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 18 show s the screen capture of the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 18**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 75 Exhibit 4 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen ( S croll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 19**  **: Class**  **2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.15 Additional Chemical Information You can navigate to th e ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen by

selecting the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button on the ‘Chemical I dentification’ screen , selecting the ‘Class 1’ radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen and clicking the ‘Next ’ button . You can also access the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen by

selecting the ‘Class 2’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 76 radio button on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen then clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen. You can also access the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen captures information regarding the chemicals produced as b yp roducts and impurities when a chemical is manufactured. This screen also captures other names for the chemical at hand in the ‘Synon ym s’ and ‘Trade Identification’ tab les. An ‘Impurities’ table displays information regarding the impurities that may be reasonably anticipated to be in the respective chemical or poly mer as manufactured for commercial purpose . To populate the table, click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window . You will also be able to enter a chemical using the ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ field (if applicable) on the ‘Chemical Not Found In Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window . If there are unidentified impurities, enter “unidentified.” You also have the option of claiming the chemical as confidential by checking the ‘CBI’ checkbox. A ‘Maximum %’ field is also displayed which captures the maximum percentage for the impurity. Documents may be attached for the ‘Impurities’ section. A ‘By products’ table provides fields to capture information regarding the byproducts that may be produced from the manufacture of the respective chemical or polym er. To populate the table, c lick the ‘ Search SRS’ button to access the ‘Search SRS ’ pop -up window and populate the table . You will also be able to enter data and attach documents for the ‘By products’ section. You may associate a CASRN with a by product (if applicable) and check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to c laim a by product as confidential . A ‘Sy nony ms’ table provides fields to capture the sy nony ms that the respective chemical or poly mer may be referred to in documentation. C lick the ‘A dd ’ icon ( ) to add more fields to list sy nony ms. C lick the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an entered s ynonym . C lick the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) to edit an entered s ynonym . C lick the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a sy nony m . A maximum of five sy nony ms can be entered in the table . The chemical sy nony ms will not be populated using the search SRS functionality . You may attach documents associated with the ‘Sy nony ms’ section to provide additional sy

nony ms . A ‘Trade Identification’ table provides fields to capture information about the trade names by which the respective chemical or poly mer may be re ferred in documentation. C lick the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add additional fields to list trade names . C lick the ‘S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an entered trade name . C lick the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) to edit an entered trade name . C lick the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete an entered trade name . There is no limit to the number of trade names that may be added . You may

attach a document associated with the ‘Trade Identification’ section to provide additional trade names if necessary . The ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window provides fields to upload documents related to the ‘ Impurities, ’ ‘ By

products, ’ ‘ Sy

nony ms, ’ and/or ‘ Trade Identification ’ section (s) . To add a document, select the section of the page the document is associated with from the ‘Section’ drop down menu, and cl ick the ‘Attach Document’ button. Clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button generates the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. The system provides a ‘CBI’ checkbox toTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 77 claim the uploaded document as confidential . If you claim a document as CBI, the sys tem requires you to upload the sanitized version of the attached document. If the sanitized version of the document is not provided, the Section 5 Notices and Supports form will fail validation upon navigating away from the ‘Attach Documents’ window . To view or edit previously

attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the ‘ Attachments ’ table. The ‘ Attachments ’ table displays the section of the page the document is associated with, the file name and file extens ion of the document, the document description, the number of pages in the document, and if the document was claimed CBI . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents . Click a file name link in the ‘File Name’ column to generate the ‘ Attach Document s ’ pop - up window to view and/or edit an attached document.  **Impurity:** Displays the name of the impurity. An impurity is a chemical substance that y ou did not intend to be present with y our PMN substa nce. Your intent is thus the primary determinant as to impurity status. List all known impurities that are present, regardless of their weight percent. List the expected maximum percentage of each impurity and indicate its confidentiality

status. An impuri ty

may be suggestive of chemical precursors or chemical processes. Click the ‘Impurity ’ link to navigate to the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to edit chemical information for an impurity .  **CASRN:** Displays the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number for the impurity (if applicable).  **Maximum %:** Displays the maximum percentage for the impurity .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the impurity by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Action:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire impurity entry permanently

from the system . A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS ’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for further details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **Byproduct Name:** Displays the name of the by product. Describe any b yproducts resulting from the manufacture, proces sing, use, or disposal of the new chemical substance. List any by products that you reasonably anticipate will result from the manufacture, processing, use and disposal of the new chemical substance at sites under y our control. Clicking the ‘By product Name’ link generates the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window to view and/or edit b yproduct information . Provide the specific chemical name, CAS numbers if they

can be determined, and the confidential status of the by products formed. If no by p rodu cts are formed, enter “None ” or leave the section blank .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN for the by product (if applicable).  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the by product by

displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Action:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire by product entry permanently from the system . A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Synonym:** Enter the s yn ony m of the chemical; there is a maximum of five chemical sy nony ms that can be added in the ‘Sy nony ms’ table . Additional sy

nony ms can be providedTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 78 in an attachment. Sy

nonyms include common chemical names used in scientific or technical literature, and code numbers or code names referenced in the PMN and its attachments. Indicate which s ynonym s may be proprietary

and require CBI prote ction. Chemical name sy nony ms must be consistent with the chemical structure and thus not misleading. If you add a blank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or delet ed. If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value. If you click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) , edit the entered value , and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value, an error will generate .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Sy nony m’ field set as confidential .  **Action:** Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for s ynonym s. Click the ‘ S av e ’ icon ( ) to save a chemical sy nony m. Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) that appears after saving to edit a chemical sy

nony m. Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added chemical sy nony m.  **Trade Identification:** Enter the trade identification name. Li st any trade name that is used or will be used for the neat chemical substance, whether or not they are registered brands/trademarks. There is no lim it to the number of trade names that can be added . Indicate the CBI status of trade names. If you add a b lank, editable line in this table and click the ‘Next’ button, no error will display indicating that the blank line should be saved or deleted. If text is entered in a blank field and you click the ‘Next’ button, the application will save the entered value . If you click the ‘Form’ icon, change the entered value ( s ) and click the ‘Next’ button without saving the changed value (s) , an error message will generate .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the trade identification section as confidential .  **Acti on:**  Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add a new text field for trade identification names. Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save a chemical synonym . Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) to edit a chemical s ynonym . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a previously added trade identification name.  **Section:** Select the section of the page with which the document is associated from the drop down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values : ‘By products,’ ‘Impurities,’ ‘Sy nony ms,’ and ‘Tra de Identification.’ This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the document is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 79 Exhibit 4 - 20 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen ( s croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 20**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scr oll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 80 Exhibit 4 - 21 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Chemical I nformation ’ screen ( s croll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 21**  **: Ad**  **ditional Chemical Information Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ link within the navigation tr ee. 4.1.16 Polymer Identification Information You can access the ‘Polymer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen when yo u select the ‘Polym er’ radio button . You canTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 81 also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Poly mer Id entification Information’ link within the navigation tree after selecting the ‘Polymer’ radio button on the ‘Chemical Identification’ screen . The ‘Poly mer Identification I

nformation’ screen captures information describing the polymer(s) for which the PMN will be filed. This screen will outline the unique chemical properties that show the name, composition , and structure of the poly mer. The s ys tem will provide fields for yo u to identify

several key

aspects concerning a poly mer’s ide ntity . You can create a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set generates that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polym er. You are able to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical y ou wish to identify. For a single component submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields that captures information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create a field set . Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always generate together in a single pot and are never isolated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Che mical Component’ button, the application generates a field set that provides numerous fields to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifying information, by clicking the ‘Add C hemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree. For a consolidated submission, create separate chemical folders by clicking the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree. A form may contain a maximum of six ( 6 ) separate chemical folders.  **Add Chemical Component:** Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate a poly mer identification information expandable/collapsible field set .  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/col lapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. Th e ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the fie ld set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 82  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Search SRS:** Click the button to generate the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **CASRN:** Displ ays the CASRN of the chemical identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the name of the chemical that has been identified on the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to identify the chemical as confidenti al.  **B.6 Generic chemical name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays when ‘Chemical Name’ and ‘CASRN’ are claimed CBI. This is a required field.  **Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service):** Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Invent ory Expert Service)’ radio button to identify the ID method as the ‘CAS I nventory Expert Service’ method. Submit a copy

of the identification report obtained from the CAS Inventory Expert Services as an attachment to this notice. For a consolidated submiss ion, each chemical must be ‘Method 1’ except when the submission is pending a Letter of Support for that chemical. Selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button generates the ‘IES Order #’ field. A single response option in the ‘B.1. c ID Method’ section is required.  **IES Order #**  : Select the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service)’ radio button to generate this field. Enter the Inventory Expert Service (IES) order number. This is a required field.  **Method 2 (Other Method):** Select the ‘Method 2 (Other Method)’ radio button to identify the ID method as ‘Other Method.’ An alternative method of providing a name, such as a n STN database report or a CAS Client Services report, qualifies as ‘Method 2.’ If the chemical is pending a Letter of Support, the method can only be ‘Method 2.’ A single response option in the ‘B.1.c ID Method’ section is required.  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the document will be associated. This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Che mical Structure Diagram’ and ‘ID Method.’ It is required that a document be attached for the ID method .  **Attach Document:** Click the button to generate the ‘Attach Document(s)’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality.  **Section:** Displays the section of the page with which the file is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file e xtension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or a n ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsib le field set . You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ ( ) icon located in the action bar at theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 83 bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Pr evious’ and ‘Next’ buttons. Exhibit 4 - 22 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 22**  **: Polymer Identification Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 84 Exhibit 4 - 23 shows the screen capture of the ‘Polymer Identification I nformation’ screen (Scroll 1): **Exhibit 4**  **- 23**  **: Polymer Identification Information Screen (Scroll 1)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.17 Monomers and Other Reactants You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly

mer Identificatio n Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 85 The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a polymer. The screen is divided into two sections to identify different elements describing a polymer: ‘Poly mer Weight Information’ and ‘Monomers and Other Reactants.’ In the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ section, enter the typical weight percent of each mono mer or other reactant in the poly mer. Enter the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as manufactured for commercial purposes. The maximum residual should be less than the typical composit ion. Do not use p arts p er million (ppm) units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%).  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Poly mer Weight Information’ section as confidential .  **Method of Measurement:** Onl y a single response option can be selected for ‘Method of Measurement ;’ valid values include ‘GPC’ and ‘Other (Specify ) . ’ GPC is a well - established method for establishing the number average molecular weight ( Mn) and weight fractions below 500 and 1,000 Daltons. I t may not be useful for all poly mer evaluations; however, solubility problems and misleading calibration standards can lead to questionable GPC data. Correction estimates can be documented and presented in cases where onl y a soluble fraction of the poly

mer can be analy

zed. This is a required field.  **Spec ify other method of measure:**  Enter the method of measurement when you select the ‘Other (Specify

)’ radio button as the method of measurement. This is a required field when the ‘Other (Specify

)’ radio button is selected.  **(i) lowest number avg. molecular we ight:**  Enter the lowest number average molecular weight; the entered value must be a positive numerical value and can contain decimal values . This is a required field .  **(ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight:** Enter the max imum weight percentage belo w 500 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero ( 0 ) , but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . This value must be less than the value specified in the ‘(iii) max . weight % below 1000 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.  **(iii) max. weight % below 1000 molecular weight:** Enter the max imum weight percentage below 1 , 0 00 molecular weight; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than or equal to zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . This value must be greater than or equal to the value specified in the ‘(ii) max. weight % below 500 molecular weight’ field. This is a required field.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A c onfirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 86  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collap se All:**  Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets. Exhibit 4 - 24 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Monomers and Other Reactants ’ screen ( S croll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 24**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants**  **Screen (Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 87 Exhibit 4 - 25 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 25**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Chemical I nformation’ link within the navigation tree.  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘ Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search S ubstance Registry Services ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 88  **CAS R** **egistry N**  **um ber**  **:** Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Se arch SRS’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search SRS ’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Include in Identity:** Check the ‘Include in Identity’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the monomer or other reactant name and CASRN as confidential .  **Typical Composition:** Enter the ty pical composition value that a monomer contributes to a poly mer; the value entered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero ( 0 ) and less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) and can contain decimal values . If the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the ty pical composition is a value that is less than or equal to 2 percent and asking you wheth er it should be included in the chemical identity . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Ty pical Composition’ and ‘Include In Identity’ field s as confidential .  **Maximum Residual:** Enter the maximum residual value . Indicate the maximum weight percent of each monomer or other reactant that may be present as a residual in the polymer as manufactured for commercial purposes. Enter a percent value less than or equal to the maximum weight, do not use ppm units (1 ppm = 0.0001 wt%). The value entered must be a positive numerical value that is less than or equal to the ty pical composition value. This is a required field .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘Maximum Residual’ field as confidential .  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set befo re being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window to make any edits .  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 89 4.1.18 Production Volume and Hazard /Safety Information You can navigate to the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Additional Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety Information’ screen collects different information regarding a chemical’s production and hazard elements. **Production Volume:** The ‘Production Volume’ section captures information about production for the respective chemical or poly mer for the ‘ Maximum first 12 - month production ’ and the ‘ Maximum 12 - month production .’ The ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value should be less than or equal to the ‘Maximum 12 - month production’ value. The maximum volume should be 100,000,000,000,000 kg/ye ar for either field. The entered value s will automatically display decimal points . D ecimals are allowed up to the milligram (.00 00 0 1) . Estimates should be on a 100% new chemical substance basis. Your production volumes should be estimated as accurately as possible, but you are not bound to your estimates unless you check the ‘Binding’ checkbox. In clude amounts you intend to produce for export. Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production and the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first 3 years of commercial manufacture. You may upload an attachment to enter additional production info rmation. **Hazard Information:** The ‘Hazard Information’ section captures information regarding hazards that the company chooses to disclose. Inorder for EPA to take respirator use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify a respirator that is appropriate for the ty pes of anticipated exposures. For the same reason, all respirators must be certified b y the National Institute for Occupational Safet y and Health (NIOSH), and be referenced in the MSDS as “NI OSH certified” respirators. If any type of risk assessment is prescribed to determine personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements, such risk assessment must be performed by a qualified Industrial Hygienist (IH) or other authorized occupational safe ty and health specialist. Engineering controls are the preferred methods for managing workplace exposures to hazards. If these controls are inadequate or lacking, personal protective equipment must be used. For EPA to take glove use into account when evaluating risks posed by a new chemical, the MSDS for the substance must specify gloves that are impervious to the substances of concern, as well as suitable for the type of tasks. Close - fitting goggles or a full - face piece facemask are preferred for vapor, mist, or fume exposures, or wherever workplace contaminants can readily byp ass loose - fitting equipment. The information is collected in a file attachment. The system will display instructional text for yo u to i dentify

which forms should be uploaded . Provide the MSDS for the PMN substance or intermediate or product mixture (that contains it) as an attachment to the PMN. Also , include hazard warning statements or labels, if relevant. The personal protection requi rements of the MSDS become integral requirements of a LVE notice.  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 90  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the production volume information as binding.  **Maxi mu**  **m Fi**  **rst 12 -**  **Month Production:** Provide an estimate of the first 12 months of production. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/year . This field ac cepts decimals to the milligram and is a required field.  **M aximum 12**  **- Month Production:**  Enter the data associated with the production volume. Provide an estimate of the maximum production volume for an y consecutive 12 - month period during the first three (3) ye ars of commercial manufacture. The entered value must be a numerical value and must be less than 100,000,000,000,000 kg/ye ar . This value must be greater than or equal to the ‘Maximum first 12 - month production’ value. This field accepts decimals to the milligram and is a required field.  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the hazard information as binding.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **Section:** Displays the section with which the document is associated.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop - up window. Clicking the ‘File Name’ link will take you to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 91 Exhibit 4 - 26 shows the screen capture of the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 26**  **: Production**  **Volume and Hazard**  **/Safety Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Use In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.19 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Inf ormation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Production Volume and Hazard/Safety In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 92 The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about how the new chemical substance is intended to be used b y function and application. “Function” refers to the physical and chemical properties of the substance. “Application” refers to how the substance is used in particular processes or pro ducts. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains instructional text and an ‘Add Use’ button. When y ou click the ‘Add Use’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set will open and display

the ‘Use Information’ fields. Upon saving the entry, the expandable/collapsible field set collapses and displays the ‘Category of Use’ and ‘Production %’ values. You will first enter a description for the ‘Category of Use’ field. Each use will center on the ‘Category of Use’ and the different variables surround ing it. The category of use information should be specific enough to allow EPA reviewers to anticipate potential exposure patterns for the new substance (e.g. merely indicating “D ye ” is not sufficient

– is it photographic dye, a reactive dyefor nyl on fibe rs, or a dyeto be incorp orated in a polymer making film? ) . LVE notices limit y

ou to your stated category of use(s), so make sure your description fully encompasses all intended uses for any LVE. When you claim the ‘Category of Use’ as CBI, you are required to enter a ‘Generic Use Description.’ The generic use descri ption will be available public ly . The table will capture the different elements of use that the PMN form captures. The ‘Production %’ and ‘% in Formulation’ values will be captured to in dicate how the product will be used and at what percent in that use . Each use must capture the percent of the production and percent in formulation for each category of use. ‘Production %’ is captured and must equal up to 100% for all uses. The ‘Production %’ value can be declared CBI. The ‘% in Formulation ’ value is captured for a use and can equal up to 100%. The ‘% in Formulation’ field may be claimed as CBI. The ‘ % of substance expected ’ per use is captured for the following categories: ‘ Site Limited ,’ ‘ Consumer ,’ ‘ Industrial ,’ and ‘ Commercial . ’ The ‘% of substance expected ’ value must total 100%. The ‘% of substance expected ’ values can be claimed as CBI or listed as binding. These use ty pes are used to determine the risks that the chemical will place on society .  **Add Use:** Click the ‘Add Use’ button to add a new use information expandable/collapsible field set.  **Category of Use:** Enter the category of use for the specific chemical substance by function and application . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as confidential and generate the ‘Generic Use Description’ field . Claiming the ‘Category of Use’ field as CBI and then un - checking the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox generates a confirmation message that a ll attached documents will be deleted .  **Generic Use Description:** Enter the generic use description of the chemical . This field is displayed when the ‘Category of Use’ field is claimed CBI. If you claim any category of use description as confidential, enter a generic description of that category. This field is required when the ‘Category

of Use’ field is claimed CBI.  **Binding:** Check the ‘Binding’ checkbox to claim the category of use information as binding.  **Production %:** Enter an estimate of the percent of t otal production for the first three years devoted to each category

of use for the specific chemical. The entered value must be a valueTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 93 greater than zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ‘Production %’ information as confidential .  **% In Formulation:** Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated in mixture, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, or gels as manufactured for commercial purposes at sites under your control associated with each category of use. The entered value must be a value greater than zero ( 0 ) but less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . This field allows for decimal values. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage in formulation information as confidential .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the percentage of substance expected per use information as confidential.  **Binding:** Check the ‘ Binding’ checkbox to claim the percentage of subs tance expected per use information as binding.  **Site Limited % of substance expected per use:** Enter the site limited percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated e nd user categories. For example, site limited means the substance will only be used on the contiguous property unit where manufactured and will not intentionally be removed from the site except for waste disposal.  **Consumer % of substance expected per use:** Enter the consumer percentage o f substance expected per use for the submitted substance . This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) b y p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. Consumer use means that private individuals will use the chemical substance or produc ts containing the substance for personal use or enjo yment.  **Industrial % of substance expected per use:** Enter the industrial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) b y p ercentage for the indicated end user categories. Industrial use means that the chemical substance or product containing the substance will be used at the locations of other manufacturers or processors.  **Commercial % of substance expected per use:** Enter the commercial percentage of substance expected per use for the submitted substance . This field allows for decimal values. Break down the use(s) by percentage for the indicated end user categories. Indicate percentage of product volume expected for the lis ted “use” sectors. Commercial use refers to the chemical substance or product containing the chemical substance being used by a company to provide a consumer service.  **If you have provided a “**  **consumer ”**  **use, provide details:** Enter consumer use details. Provide a detail ed description of the use(s) of this chemical substance in consumer products. In addition, include estimates of the concentration of the new chemical substance as expected in consumer products and describe the chemical reactions by which this s ubstance loses its identity in the consumer product. This is a required field if the ‘Consumer % of substance expected per use ’ field is populated .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the “If you have provided a ‘consumer’ use, provide details” information as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 94  **Production Total:** Displays the total p roduction percentage for all uses. This value must be equal to 100 , unless a J oint PMN or Letter of Support is pending, in which case the total value requirement is not immediately appl icable .  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Use ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **C ollapse All:**  Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file uploaded on th e ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits .  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document conta ins.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 95 Exhibit 4 - 27 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Use Information ’ screen ( S croll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 27**  **: Use**  **Information Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 96 Exhibit 4 - 28 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen ( S croll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 28**  **: Use Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.20 Physical and C hemical Properties W orksheet You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties W ork sheet ’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 97 The ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen is used to capture optional information about a chemical’s properties. The chemical properties are used by EPA to determine additional safety data about a chemical. The properties are used to determine potential risks and exposures of the chemicals. The properties for a chemical are captured in an expandable/collapsible field set format. The following categories may apply to a chemical: ‘Physical state of a neat substance,’ ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature,’ ‘ Density /relative density ,’ ‘ Solubility @ temperature ___ solvent ___ ,’ ‘ Solubi lity

in water @ temperature ___,’ ‘ Melting temperature ,’ ‘ Boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure ,’ ‘ Spectra ,’ ‘ Dissociation constant ,’ ‘ Particle size distribution ,’ ‘ Octanol/water partition coefficient ,’ ‘ Henry ’s Law constant ,’ ‘ Volatilization from water ,’ ‘ Volatilization from soil ,’ ‘ pH @ concentration ___ ,’ ‘ Flammability ,’ ‘ Explodability,’ and ‘Absorption/coefficient.’ All of the properties will capture the relevant values for a chemical. Each property may be claimed individually as CBI. To enter physical/chemical property information , select a phys ical/chemical property f rom the drop - down menu an d click the ‘Add Property’ button. The expandable/collapsible field set will expand and display

all the fields that should be entered for that propert y. You are then able to enter all relevant information regarding that property . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. When all information is entered, click the ‘Save’ button. Each property may only be entered once per chemical. You may also enter an option for ‘Other.’ The ‘Other’ option will allow yo u to enter a userspecified property and any relevant values. The property will capture the relevant values for the chemical and the property measurement can be identified as ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimate d .’ The ‘Other’ option may

be claimed individually

as CBI. You may

enter mul tiple properties as ‘Other.’ You may upload attachments for the chemical properties on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen . EPA’s risk assessment process does utilize physiochemical properties, as some of the attributes listed here can relate directly to chemical risks. Among the most useful parameters of a new substance to EPA are the boiling point, the melting point, vapor pressure, the octanol/water partition coefficient, water solubility, Henry ’s Law Consta nt, hydrol ys is, spectral data ( Mass Spectrometry

( MS ) , proton and C13 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) , In frared ( IR) , and Ultraviolet (UV) absorption), and the soil/sediment absorption coefficient. In the absence of this data, EPA will estimate to the ext ent possible physiochemical data to aid in their risk evaluations. Indicate whether the value y ou provide is based on an actual test measurement ( Measured) or was estimated (E stimated). Note that EPA staffers indicate that data qualifie rs such as ‘negligible’ or ‘soluble’ are not useful descriptions. You are not required to generate the listed test data if you do not have it. Physical/chemical properties data may be so unique that they

could in the future link the PMN substance to a commercial product or may tend to identify

unique classes of chemical substance, and therefore some data elements may represent confidential business information. Review the CBI status of each entry

carefully, and avoid making unsupportable claims .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 98  **Add Property**  **:** Click the ‘ Add Property’ button to add and open a new ‘Property’ expandable/collapsible field set for a selected property .  **Adsorption /coefficient**  **- Value:**  Enter the adsorption/coefficient value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sym bols. This is a required field if the ‘ Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected .  **Adsorption /coefficient**  **- Measured or Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘ Estimated ’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘ Adsorption/coefficient’ property is selected.  **Adsorption /coefficient**  **– CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the ad sorption/coefficient property as confidential .  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] t** **orr pressure:**  Enter the value of the boiling/sublimation temperature @ _____torr pressure of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure ’ property is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] Torr pressure –**  **Value** : Enter the boiling/sublimation temperature in °C of the chemical substance. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation temperature’ propert y is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated ’ b y selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Boiling/sublimation’ property is selected.  **Boiling/sublimation temperature @ [pressure] torr pressure -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the boiling/sublimation temperature @ ____ torr pressure property as confidential.  **Density/relative density -**  **Value :**  Enter the density /relative density value of the chemical substance in g/cm3 . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Density/relative density ’ property is selected.  **Density/relative density -**  **Measured o r Estimated:**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Density /relative density’ property is selected.  **Density/relative density -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the density /relative density property as confidential.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Value :**  Enter the dissociation constant value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measure d’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Dissociation constant’ property is selected.  **Dissociation constant -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the dissociation constant property as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 99  **Explodability -**  **Value:** Enter the explodability value of the chemical substance . This field allows text or numbers to be entered and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols . This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selected.  **Explodability -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Es timated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Explodability ’ property is selected.  **Explodability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the explodability property as confidential.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **Va lue**  **:** Enter the f lamm ability value of the chemical substance . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols . This is a required field if the flammability property is s elected.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **Measured or Estimated :**  Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the flammability property is selected.  **Flam m**  **ability -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the flammability pr operty as confidential.  **Henry’s Law constant -**  **Value:** Enter the Henry ’s law constant value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property i s selected.  **Henry’s Law**  **constant -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Henry ’s Law constant’ property is selected.  **Henry’s Law CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the Henry ’s Law constant property as confidential.  **Melting Temperature -**  **Value :**  Enter the melting temperature of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a requi red field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.  **Melting Temperature -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Melting Temperature’ property is selected.  **Melting Temperature -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the melting temperature property as confidential.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **Value:** Enter the octanol/water partition coefficient value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the o ctanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the o ctanol/water partition coefficient property is selected.  **Octanol/water partition coefficient -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the octanol/water partition coefficient propert y as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 100  **Particle size distribution -**  **Value:** Enter the particle size distribution value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbol s. This is a required field if the p article size distribution property is selected.  **Particle size distribution -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down m enu. This is a required field if the p article size distribution property is selected.  **Particle size distribution -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the particle size distribution property

as confidential.  **Physical state of neat substance -**  **Value :**  Se lect the physical state of a neat substance of chemicals, which can be either a ‘Solid,’ ‘Liquid,’ or ‘Gas.’ This is a required field if the Physical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the physical state of neat substance property is selected.  **Physical state of neat substance CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical state of neat substance property as confidential.  **PH @ concentration [concentration]:** Enter the PH @ c oncentration. This field allows for text. This is a required field.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] Value:** Enter the PH @ concentration value . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘PH @ concentration [concentration]’ property is selected.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the PH @ concentration [concentration] property is selected.  **PH @ concentration [concentration] CBI:** Che ck the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the PH @ concentration property as confidential.  **Solubility @ temperature [temperature]**  **°C :**  Enter the solubility of the chemical substance at a temperature value measured in °C . This field allows text and is also able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols . This is a required field.  **Solubility @ temperature solvent:**  Enter the solvent that will be used for the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility

@ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] ’ property is selected.  **Solubility @ temperature value:** Enter the solubility of the chemical substance in g/L.  **Solubility @ temperature Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent]’ property is selected.  **Solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] CBI:**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the solubility @ temperature [temperature] solvent [solvent] property as confidential.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 101  **Solubility in Water @ temperature:** Enter the s olubility in water at a specific temperature in °C of the chemical . This is a required field if the s olubility in w ater @ temperature property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature Value:** Enter the solubility in water of the chemical substance in g/L . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols. This is a required field if the ‘Solubility

in Water @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ temperature Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop down menu. This is a required field if the s olubility in w ater @ temperature property is selected.  **Solubility in Water @ Temperature CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the solubility in water @ temperature property as confidential.  **Spectra -**  **Value:** Enter the spectra value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols. This is a required field if the spectra property is selected.  **Spectra -**  **Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required fie ld if the ‘Spectra’ property is selected.  **Spectra -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the spectra propert y as confidential.  **Vapor Pressure @temperature [temperature] °C**  : Enter the Vapor Pressure @ Temperature value in °C of the chemical. This is a required field if the property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Value** : Enter the value of the Vapor Pressure in torr units of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Vapor Pressure @ temperature’ property is selected.  **Vapor Pressure @ temperature [temperature] CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the vapor pressure @ temperature [temperature] propert y as confidential.  **Vola tilization from water Value**  : Enter the volatilization from water value of the chemical substance . Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ symbols . This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from water Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from water’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from water CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from water property as confidential.  **Volatilization from soil Value** : Enter the volatilization from soil value. Value fields are abl e to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ s ymbols. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 102  **Volatilization from soil Measured or Estimated** : Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Volatilization from soil’ property is selected.  **Volatilization from soil CBI** : Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the volatilization from soil property as confidential.  **Other** : Enter any ‘Other’ property that you may specify .  **Other Value** : Enter an ‘Other’ property value. Value fields are able to accept ‘<’ or ‘>’ sy mbols. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property was selected.  **Other Measured or Estimated:** Indicate whether the property value is ‘Measured’ or ‘Estimated’ by

selecting the appropriate value from the drop - down menu. This is a required field if the ‘Other’ property is selected.  **Other -**  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the propert y as confidential.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘C ancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displ ays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add Property ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:**  Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 103 Exhibit 4 - 29 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 29**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 104 Exhibit 4 - 30 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet ’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 30**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties**  **Worksheet Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.21 Physical and Chemical Properties W orksheet – Continued (Optional) You can navigate to the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 105 screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen is used to capture all the studies and particular attachments that refer to the chemical properties captured on the previous scree n. When you first access the screen, instructional text , an ‘Attach Document’ button , and an attachments table displays . When you attach a document, the properties that were selected on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional )’ screen will be listed with checkboxes in the ‘Attach Documents’ window for you to select which properties an attachment is associated with . Check the properties that are relevant to the document , and then select a type and subtype value for the document . You will be able to attach a document, enter a description of the document , and list the number of page s . The system provides functionality to claim an uploaded document as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires you to upload the sanit ized version of the attached document. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. The attachment table displays the ‘File Name ,’ ‘Properties,’ ‘ Des cription ,’ ‘Pages,’ ‘ CBI ,’ and ‘Actions’ columns . Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the origin al file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window to make any edits.  **Properties:** Displays the chemical properties associated with a document.  **Description:** Disp lays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 106 Exhibit 4 - 31 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 31**  **: Physical and**  **Chemical Properties Worksheet –**  **Continued (Optional) Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen if you have not identified another chemical . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ l ink within the navigation tree. If you would like to add a consolidated chemical , click the ‘Add Consolidated Chemical’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 107 4.1.22 Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet – Continued (Optional) Attach

Documents You can navigate to the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window by clicking the ‘ Attach Document ’ button on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) ’ screen. When attaching a document , all properties selected on the previous screen will disp lay with checkboxes to allow the properties to which the attachment refer s to be selected . Select the type and subty pe for the attachment and the properties relevant to the document. The document is able to be attached and a description and the number of p ages can be entered. The system allows the uploaded document to be claimed as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.  **Type :**  Select the document ty pe from the drop - down menu .  **Subtype:** Select the document subty pe from the drop - down menu .  **Chemical Properties:**  Displays the physic al and/or chemical properties identified on the previous screen that can be potentially associated with a document. Check the appropriate chemical properties that are associated with a document that is be ing attached.  **Attachment:** Displays the ‘Browse’ button to search for and identify documents on your local hard drive to be attached that can be associated with the phy sical/chemical properties identified on the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet’ screen.  **Description:** Enter the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Enter the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the document confidential .  **Sanitized Attachment:** Click the ‘Browse’ button to generate the ‘File Upload’ window to search for a particular file on your hard drive. For any attached document claimed as CBI, yo u are required to attach a sanitized version of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 108 Exhibit 4 - 32 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents ’ window (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 32**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional)**  **At tach**  **Documents Windo w**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 109 Exhibit 4 - 33 shows the screen capture of the ‘Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional) Attach Documents’ window (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 4**  **- 33**  **: Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet**  **– Continued (Optional) A**  **ttach Documents Windo** **w (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or ‘X’ icon located in the upper right - hand corner to stop the process of adding document information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the enteredTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 110 information and navigate back to the ‘Phys ical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen. 4.1.23 Submitter Controlled Site Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Physical and Chemical Properties Worksheet

– Continued (Optional)’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Submitter Controlled Site Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen captures information about the identification of submitter- controlled sites . The screen first captures specific data for the site by providing a ‘FRS Search’ button to search for a particular site or manually e nter a site using the Facility Registry S ys tem ( FRS ) system. You will list all of the sites that are controlled by the submitter on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation occurs. Enter the details of the operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders.  **FRS Search:** Click the button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the FRS search functionality .  **Registry ID:** Displays the registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the s ite name of the site.  **Address:** Displays the s ite address of the site.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 111 Exhibit 4 - 34 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 4**  **- 34**  **: Submitter**  **Controlled Site Information**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.24 Sites Controlled By Others You can navigate to the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Controlled Site Information ’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 112 The ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others ’ screen captures information about known and/or unknown sites not controlled by

the submitter . Complete the ‘Operations Controlled By Others’ section within the navigation tree for typical processing or use operations involving the new chemical substance at sites not controlled by

the submitter. I

mporters do not have to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, y ou must report any

processing or use activities after import. Complete a separate ‘Operations Controlled By Others ’ section for each type of processing, or use operation involving the new chemical substance. If the same operation is performed at more than one site, describe the typical operation common to these sites. The screen first captures whether there is any da ta for other controlled sites. If there is no data for sites controlled b y others, the screen will not update and the option of selecting the ‘Next’ button is available. If there is data for sites controlled by others, an additional question will appear. The screen then captures whether site - specific data for the chemical is known for ‘ Sites Controlled By

Others. ’ If you indicate that there is site - specific data b y selecting the ‘Yes’ radio button, the screen will generate a ‘List of Sites Controlled by Oth ers’ table, an ‘FRS Search’ button, a text field to enter the ‘# of unknown sites , ’ and a ‘CBI’ checkbox to clai m the number of unknown sites as confidential. To add specific site information, click the ‘FRS Search’ button and search for a site via FRS . S ites can be searched by ‘EPA Registry ID,’ ‘Facility

Name,’ ‘Facility

Address,’ ‘City,’ ‘State,’ and/or ‘Postal Code.’ When results are returned, a new site can be added to the table b y selecting a site from the FRS results and clicking the ‘Add FRS Entry’ button or b y adding a new site through the m anual entry fields. The s ys tem allows each individual site to be claimed as CBI. If there is no site - specific data, the screen will display a text box to enter the number of unknown sites. A list of all sites c ontrolled by others will display

on this screen. The list will be utilized to select the site(s) for which a particular operation/process occurs. The details of the operations and chemicals that are tied to the site(s) under the operations folders will be entered.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the FRS s earch functionality .  **Do you have any sites controlled by others**  **for which you have information to report?** : If yo u select ‘Yes’ the screen will displ ay the question ‘Do you have site - specific information?’ If you select ‘No’ only the listed navigation options will display .  **Do you have site -**  **specific information?:** If you select ‘Yes’ the screen will populate with information to enter specific site information. If you select ‘No , ’ enter the number of unknown sites .  **EPA Registry ID:**  Displays the registry ID of the site. Click the ‘EPA Registry ID’ link to navigate to the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Site Name:** Di splays the site name of a site.  **Address:** Displays the address of a site.  **City:** Displays the c ity

of a site.  **State:** Displays the s tate of a site.  **Postal Code :**  Displays the postal code of a site.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 113  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .  **# of u**  **nknown sites:** Enter the number of unknown sites. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the number of unknown sites as confidential . Exhibit 4 - 35 shows the s creen capture of the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 35**  **: Sites Controlled By Others**  **Screen**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 114 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the submitter controlled operation screens . You can access the ‘Submitter Operation I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘ Submitter Operation Information’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. 4.1.25 Submitter Operation Information You can navigate to the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Operation I

n formation’ link under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder within the navigation tree. You can add sites by clicking the ‘Add Operation’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘Submitter Controlled Operations’ folder . The ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen captures information about an operation that occurs at a particular site or group of sites. You are asked a series of questions and based on the responses ; information will display to fill out a series of fields about a specific operatio n. The guided approach is designed to eliminate error s and ensure the completion of all relevant sections for a site. You will be able to enter an alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside t he U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation and will then select the applicable operation type checkboxes. I f you select an option other than ‘Use’ for the operation type, you will be asked whether the chemical is manufactured as a ‘batch’ or ‘continuous’ process. Based on the propert y selected, fill in the relevant information. If you select the ‘Use’ operation ty pe, then there will be no further options on this screen. The follow -up screens are used to capture specific information about the operation type process. The system provides a text box for describing the process description . Additional process information may

also be included in an attachment. I n the process description, include the following information: ( 1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. In clude interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.) . (2) Provide the identity, approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials, feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catalysts, etc.), pro ducts, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily or per batch). ( 3) Identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If rel easing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second medium. You may claim the process description or attachment as CBI. If an attached document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires a sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the document table. The document table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document description , the number of pages in the document, and whether a sanitized copy of the document was attached. Click the ‘Delete’ icon under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 115  **Operation Alias:** Enter the operation alias. This field makes it easier to distinguish between operations when there is more than one operation. This is a required field if the submission is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the button to add the site specified on the ‘Submitter Controlled Site I nformation’ screen to the site table.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name .  **Address:** Displays the site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.  **Postal Code :**  Displays the site postal code .  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site .  **Consolidated Chemical checkboxes:** Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN submission.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the operation ty pe as confidential .  **Manufacturing:** Check the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox to indicate that manufacturing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Manufacturing’ checkbox generates the ‘Is it batch or continuous’ radio butt ons.  **Processing:** Check the ‘Processing’ checkbox to indicate that processing is taking place at the site. Checking the ‘Processing’ checkbox generates the ‘I s it batch or continuous’ radio buttons.  **Use:** Check the ‘Use’ checkbox to indicate that chemical us e is taking place at the site.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the amount and duration information as confidential .  **Is it batch or continuous?** : Select the ‘Batch’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced in a batch process. Select the ‘Continuous’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is produced on a continuous basis. Either the ‘Batch’ or ‘Continuous’ radio button is required to be selected.  **Max kg/batch:** Enter the max imum number of kilograms (kg) produced per batch. This field only displays when you select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Hours/batch:** Enter the hours of manufacturing or processing time needed per batch. This field only displays when yo u select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Batches/Year:** Enter the number of batches produced per ye ar. This field only displays when yo u select the ‘Batch’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Max kg/ D**  **ay:** Enter the max imum number of kg of a chemical produced per day . This field only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 116  **Hours/Day:** Enter the number of hours per day that the chemical is processed or manufactured; this value cannot exceed 24 . This field only displays when you select the ‘Continuous’ radio button and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **Days/Year:** Enter the number of days per ye ar that the chemical is processed or manufactured ; this value cannot exceed 365 . This field only displays when yo u s elect the ‘Continuous’ radio button , and is a required field. This field accepts decimal values.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the process description as confidential .  **Process Description:** Enter the process description. Inthe ‘ Process Descriptio n ’ text box , or an attachment, address the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions. Include interim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drum, rail car, tank truck, etc.) . (2) Provide the identity, the approximate weight (by kg/day or kg/batch on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all starting materials and feedstocks (including reactants, solvents, catal ys ts, etc.), and of all products, recy cle stream s, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance. If releasing to two media at the same step, assign a second release number for the second medium. Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 117 Exhibit 4 - 36 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 36**  **: Submitter Operation Information**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 118 Exhibit 4 - 37 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen (Scroll 2) : **Exhibit 4**  **- 37**  **: Submitter Operation Information Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Occupational Exposures’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.26 Occupational Exposures You can navigate to the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Operation Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 119 Click the ‘Add’ button to generate an expandable/ collapsible field set to enter occupational exposure information. The applicati on displays fields for you to enter information for ‘Worker Category (1) ,’ ‘Worker Activity (1) ,’ ‘Protective Equipment/Engineering Controls (3) ,’ ‘Physical Form(s) (5) ,’ ‘% New Substance (5) ,’ ‘# Workers Exposed (8) ,’ ‘Maximum Duration Hours/Day (10) ,’ and ‘Maximum Duration Days/Year (11) .’ EPA is attempting to estimate exposure levels, the number of workers potentially exposed, and possible routes and duration of exposure to the PMN substance. Work with y our plant engineers to develop accurate data. Review the CBI status of data you provide .  **Add :**  Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘Occupational Exposure

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ expandable/collapsible field set .  **Worker Category (1)**  **:** Select the category of work from the drop - down menu in which a worker may

be exposed to a chemical substance . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim worker category information as confidential .  **Worker Activity:** Select the worker activity ( e.g . bag dumping, tote filling, unloading drums, sampling, cleaning, etc.) in which work ers may be exposed to a chemical substance . This is a required field.  **Protective Equipment /** **Engineering Controls (3)**  **:** Enter the protective equipment/engineering controls used to protect workers . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering c ontrols information as binding.  **Physical Form(s) (5)**  **:** Enter the phys ical forms(s) of the new chemical substance (e.g., solid , crys tal, granule, powder, or dust) and percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) at the time of exposure. Be as specific as possible on the physical form (e.g., is the PMN substance isolat ed as a crystalline or amorphous powder, wet cake, flake solid, granular solid, or a fused solid?) . If data on particle size of solids are available, it should be included as an attachment. For wet cakes, a percent moisture estimate may prevent EPA from ma king an estimate that is too conservative. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the physical form(s) information as binding.  **% New Substance**  **(5) :**  Enter the percentage of new chemical substance (if part of a mixture) at the time of exposure . A value of zero (0) entered in this field will display an error. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the percentage new substance information as binding.  **# Workers Exposed (8)**  **:** Enter the number of workers exposed. Estimate the maximum number of all workers invo lved in each activity for all sites combined. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 120  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential .  **Hours/Day (10)**  **:** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity for any worker in hours per day ; this field allows decimal values . A value of zero ( 0 ) entered in this field will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Days /** **Year (11)**  **:** Enter the maximum duration occupational exposure occurs for the activity for any worker in days per year ; this field allows decimal values . A value of zero ( 0 ) entered in this field will display

an error. This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Occupational Expo sure

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible fi eld set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corne r of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has cli cked the ‘Add ’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 121 Exhibit 4 - 38 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 38**  **: Occupational Exposures**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Environmental Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.27 Environmental Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Occupational Exposures ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen captures i nformation about the environmental release and disposal status of a particular site. The information on exposure and environmental release isTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 122 related to the flow diagram/process description on the ‘Submitter Operation I nformation’ screen . This page is dupl icated and populated for each flow diagram supplied in the PMN (manufacturing, each processing description, and any use diagrams). The information provided should focus on the PMN substance. EPA reviewers pay particular attention to human exposure and environmental release date under their TSCA mandate to protect against unreasonable risks from new chemical substances. In the absence of this information, EPA will make its own estimates of worker exposure and environmental release, which are usuall y conserva tive. You should p resent data that is accurate and as complete as possible . The page displays an ‘Add’ button to add an expandable /collapsible field set to enter ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ information. The page displ ays fields to enter information for ‘Release Number,’ the amount of the new substance released ‘to environment’ and the amount of new substance released ‘to control technology,’ ‘Media of Release,’ ‘C ontrol T echnology D escription , ’ and ‘Release after Contr ol Technology .’ You will be asked to enter information concerning the release to water, such as Publicly Owned Treatment Works ( POTW) , navigable waterways , and other s .  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to g enerate an expandable /collapsible ‘ Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites ’ field set .  **Release Number (1)**  **:** Enter the number of each release point identified in the process description on the ‘Submitter Operation Information’ screen . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential .  **Am ount of new substance released to environment**  **(2a) :**  Enter the amount of new substance released to environment. Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the preceding flow diagram. Include intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off - site. Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance released to Control Technology ’ field should be populated.  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/batch:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilo grams per batch.  **Am ount of new substance released to environment kg/day:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to the environment is measured in kilograms per day .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance rel eased to environment as confidential .  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology**  **(2b) :**  Enter the amount of new substance released to control technology. Release estimates should be consistent with the release levels shown on the proceeding flow diagram. I nclude intermittent release estimates from cleaning of equipment and transportation containers, even if cleaned off- site. Either the ‘Amount of new substance released to environment’ or the ‘Amount of new substance released to Control Technology ’ field should be populated.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 123  **Am ount of new substance released to control technology kg/batch:**  Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per batch .  **Am ount of new substance**  **released to control technology kg/day:** Select the radio button to claim that the amount of new substance released to control technology is measured in kilo grams per day .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount of new substance released to cont rol technology

as confidential .  **Media of Release (4)**  **:** Id entify the media of release ( i.e. , stack air, fugitive air, surface water, on - site or off

- site land or incineration, POTW, or other (please specify ) ) to which the new substance will be released from that release point from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the media of release as confidential .  **If Other, specify:** Enter the other media of release when you select ‘Other’ from the ‘Media of Release’ drop - down menu.  **Control Technology Description (5a)**  **:** Enter the control technology description. Describe control technology, if any, and control efficiency used to limit the release of the new substance t o the environment. For releases disposed of on land, characterize the disposal method and state whether it is approved for disposal of Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste. For each site , describe any additional disposal methods th at will be used and whether the waste is subject to secondary or tertiary

on - site treatment. Indicate if you want this information to bind. Check the ‘ CBI ’ check box if the information is confidential. This is a required field.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbo x to claim the control technology description as confidential .  **Binding:** Check the ‘ B inding ’ checkbox to claim the control technology description as binding.  **Release after Control Technology (5b)**  **:** Enter the release after control technology. Estimate the amount released to the environment after control technology (in k ilo grams per day). This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Environmental Release and Disposal

– Submitter Controlled Sites’ field set. You must click the button instead of the ‘Save’ button located within the bottom action bar to save the information entered within an expandable/collapsible field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release after control technology as confidential .  **POTW Name:**  Enter th e POTW name .  **POTW NPDES**  **# :**  Enter the POTW: National Pollutant Discharge Elimination Sy stem (NPDES ) number .  **POTW CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the POTW as confidential .  **Navigable Waterway Name:** Enter the navigable waterway name .  **Navigable Wate rway NPDES #:**  Enter the navigable waterway NPDES number .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 124  **Navigable Waterway CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the navigable waterway as confidential .  **Other (Specify) Name:** Enter the name of the other destination of release to water .  **Other (Specify) CBI:**  Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the other destination of release to water as confidential .  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify

the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 125 Exhibit 4 - 39 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 39**  **: Environmental Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 126 Exhibit 4 - 40 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 40**  **: Environmental Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Na vigation:**  Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others . Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.28 Industrial Sites Controlled By Others Click the ‘Add Operation’ link under the ‘Operations Controlled by Others’ folder within the navigation tree to generate the screens for an operation controlled by others. You c an navigate toTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 127 the ‘Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Environmental Releases ’ screen that was the last in the series of entries for the submitter sites folder . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen captures information about activities occurring at a particular site or group of sites . You will be able to enter an alias to identify the operation. Importers are not required to complete this section for operations outside the U.S.; however, any industrial processing or use operation that takes place after import must be described. You will first be asked to select the site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation. You will then proceed to the next screen to e nter resources concerning the operation. The sy stem provides a field to add an operation process description. The site(s) and chemical(s) for the operation must be identified. The sys tem then navigates to the next screen to enter resources concerning the o peration. The screen also displays a field to add an operation process description. I n the operation description, include the following information: ( 1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including interim storage and specify transport containers (e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc . ). On the diagram, identify

b y l etter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (b y kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), and entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, solvents and catalys ts, etc . ), products, recycle streams, and wastes. Include cleaning chemicals (note frequency

if not used dai ly

or per batch). ( 3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify b y number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environment of the new chemical substance .  **Operation Alias:** Enter the operation alias. This is a required field if the submission is pending a J oint S ubmission or a Letter of Support.  **Add Site:** Select a site from the drop - down menu and click the button to add the site to the sites table.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name.  **Address:** Displaysthe site address.  **City:** Displays the site city .  **State:** Displays the site state.  **Postal Code :**  Displays the site postal code .  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a site from the table. A warning message confirming deletion of the site displ ays .  **Consolidated Chemical(s):** Displays all consolidated chemicals in a PMN form.  **Operation Description:** Enter the operation process description. Cover the following items: (1) Diagram the major unit operation steps and chemical conversions, including in terim storage and transport containers (specify

– e.g. , 5 - gallon pails, 55 - gallon drums, rail cars, tank trucks, etc.). On the diagram, identify b y letter and briefly describe each worker activity. (2) Either in the diagram or in the text field, provide the identity, the approximate weight (byTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 128 kg/day or kg/batch, on a 100% new chemical substance basis), entry point of all feedstocks (including reactants, solvents and catalys ts, etc . ) , all products, recycle streams, and wastes. In clude cleaning chemicals ( note frequency if not used daily

or per batch). (3) Either in the diagram or in the text field, identify by number the points of release, including small or intermittent releases, to the environmen t of the new chemical substance . Either this field is required or a document must be attached.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the operation description as confidential .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the document that was uploaded on th e ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 129 Exhibit 4 - 41 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 41**  **: Industrial Sites Controlled By**  **Others Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Exposures/Releases’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.29 Exposures / Releases You can navigate to the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Industrial Sites Controlled By Others ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ Exposures/Releases ’ link within the navigation tree under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 130 The screen provides buttons to add expandable /collapsible field sets for worker exposure release information and environmental disposal information . The screen displays fields in the worker exposure expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘ Worker Category (1) , ’ ‘Worker Activity (1) ,’ ‘ # Workers Exposed (2) ,’ ‘Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a) ,’ ‘ Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b) ,’ ‘Protective Equip ment/Engineering C ontrols (6) ,’ ‘ Physical Form(s) (6) ,’ ‘% New Substance (6) ,’ and ‘% in Formulation (7). ’ The screen displays fields in the environmental release expandable/collapsible field set to enter information for ‘Release Number (9) ,’ the amount of the new substance released directly ‘to environment (10a) , ’ the amount of new substance released ‘ into control technology (10b) ,’ ‘Media of Release (12) , ’ and ‘Control Technology (12) .’  **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘ Worker Exposure/Environmental Release

– Sites Controlled by

Others ’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Worker Category**  **(1) :**  Select the worker category of the activity in which workers may

be exposed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu .  **Worker Activity (1)**  **:** Select the worker activity in which workers may be exposed to the specified substance from the drop - down menu .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the worker category and worker activity

as confidential .  **# Workers Exposed (2)**  **:** Enter an estimate of the number of workers exposed for all sites combined .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the number of workers exposed as confidential .  **Duration of Exposure Hours/Day (4a)**  **:** Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per worker in hours/day . This field allows decimal values.  **Duration of Exposure Days/Year (4b)**  **:** Enter an estimate of the typical duration of exposure per work er in days/ye ar . This field allows decimal values.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the duration of exposure hours/day and days/year as confidential .  **Protective Equipment /** **Engineering Contro ls**  **(6) :**  Enter a description of any protective equipment and engineering controls, if an y, used to protect workers .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the protective equipment/engineering controls information as confidential .  **Physical Forms (6)**  **:** Enter a description of physical form s of exposure .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the physical form of exposure information as confidential.  **% New Substance (6)**  **:** Describe percentage new chemical substance (if in mixture).  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ ch eckbox to claim the percentage new substance information as confidential .  **% in Formulation (7)**  **:** Estimate the percent of the new substance as formulated when packaged or used as a final product .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 131  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the percentage in formulation information as confidential .  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Worker Exposure/Environmental Release

– Sites Controlled by Others ’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able t o navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify

the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 132 Exhibit 4 - 42 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 1):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 42**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** 

 **Add:** Click the ‘Add’ button to generate the ‘ Environmental Release ’ expandable/collapsible field set.  **Release Number (9)**  **:** Enter the number of each release point from the process diagram previously

entered .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the release number information as confidential .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment**  **(10a) :**  Enter an e stimate of the amount of the new substance released directly to the environment in Kg/day or K g/batch .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 133  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into**  **Environment kg/day:** Select the Kg/day radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilo grams per day .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Environment kg/batch:**  Select the Kg/batch radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into environment measures in kilo grams per batch .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into environment as confidential .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control**  **Technology (10b)**  **:** Estimate the amount of the new substance released into control technology in kg/day or kg/batch .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/day:**  Select the kg/day radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology measures in kilo grams per day .  **Am t New Substance Released Directly into Control Technology kg/batch:**  Select the kg/batch radio button to indicate that the amount of substance released into control technology measures in ki lo grams per batch .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the amount new substance released directly into control technology

as confidential .  **Media of Release (12)**  **:** Select a value from the drop - down menu to c apture the media of release. The ‘ Media of Release ’ drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘Fugitive Air,’ ‘Off - Site Incineration,’ ‘POTW,’ ‘Stack Air,’ ‘Surface Water,’ and ‘Other , ’ that will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbo x to claim media of release as confidential .  **Control Technology (12)**  **:** Enter the control technology , if any, which will be used to limit the release of the new substance to the environment .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim control technology information as confidential .  **Save:** Click the ‘ Save ’ button to save the information entered into the ‘Environmental Release’ expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 134 Exhibit 4 - 43 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 4**  **- 43**  **: Exposures**  **/ Releases**  **Screen (Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Byproduct Information’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.30 Byproduct Information You can navigate to the ‘ By product Information ’ screen b y clicking th e ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Exposures /Releases ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘ By product In formation ’ link under the ‘ Operations Controlled By Others ’ folder within the navigation tree . The ‘ By product Information ’ screen captures b yproducts resulting from a particular site. The system displays fields to enter b yproducts.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 135  **Byproduct:** Enter by

products that may

result from the operation .  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim all by products as confidential .  **Actions:** Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an entered by product. Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a b yproduct. Click the ‘ A dd ’ icon ( ) to add a byproduct. Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) to edit a saved b yproduct. Exhibit 4 - 44 shows the screen capture of the ‘ By product Information ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 44**  **: Byproduct Information**  **Screen**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 136 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.31 Optional Pollution Prevention You can navigate to the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ screen b y clickin g the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ By

product Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen provides fields for companies to enter data about their pollution prevention efforts. The compan y has the option of entering information as a free text field or as an attachment. The compan y can claim the information as CBI. The system allows an uploaded document to be claim ed as CBI. If a document is claimed as CBI, the s ys tem requires the sanitized version of the attached document to be uploaded . To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table. The attachment table displays the file name and file extension of the document, the document description , the number of the pages the document contains, and the CBIstatus of the document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon located within the ‘ Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents. You may provide information not reported elsewhere in this form regarding y our efforts to reduce or minimize potential risks associated with activities surrounding manufacturing, processing, use, and disposal of the PMN substance. Include new information pertinent to pollution prevention, including source reduction, recy cling activities and safer processes or products available due to the new chemical substance. Source reduction includes the reduction in the am ount or toxicity

of chemical wastes b y technological modification, process and procedure modification, product reformulation, and/or raw materials substitution. Recycling refers to the reclamation of useful chemical components from wastes that would otherw ise be treated or released as air emissions or water discharges, or land disposal. Quantitative or qualitative descriptions of pollution prevention, source reduction and recy cling should emphasize potential risk reduction in addition to compliance with exi sting regulatory requirements. EPA is interested in the information to assess overall net reductions in toxicity or environmental releases and exposures, not the shifting of risks to other media (e.g., air to water) or non - environmental areas (e.g., occupational or consumer exposure). To the extent known, information about the technology

being replace d will assist EPA in its relative risk determination. I n addition, information on the relative cost or performance characteristic s of the PMN substance to pote ntial alternatives may

be provided. Describe the expected net benefits, such as: (1) An overall reduction in risk to human health or the environment; (2) A reduction in the generation of waste materials through recycling, source reduction or other means; (3) A reduction in the use of hazardous starting materials, reagents, or feedstocks; (4) A reduction in potential toxicity, human exposure and/or environmental release; orTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 137 (5) The extent to which the new chemical substance may be a substitute for an existing substanc e that poses a greater overall risk to human health or the environment. EPA strongly encourages submitters to provide pollution prevention data in their notices, as this information assists the agency in balancing the benefits of a PMN substance against its unique risks. While Agency

staffers frequently

receive information on the benefits of the PMN substance with respect to its use(s), data on pollution prevention effects are rarely included. This section should be utilized to indicate to EPA benefits i n terms of the raw materials incorporated, the manufacturing process, emission reductions, less toxic waste byproducts, or lower risks upon end use and disposal. You should c onsider the entire life cycle of the PMN substance in y our evaluation. Also consid er opportunities for product stewardship or other risk management controls that could significantly reduce risk characteristics of the new substance (e.g., disposal techniques that can be easily implemented and substantially reduce waste toxicity ). Initiatives in the New Chemicals Program such as Environmental Technology Initiative (ETI) for Chemicals, and the Pollution Prevention Recognition Project, are geared towards incorporating this ty pe of information into the Agency ’s risk management decision makin g and recognizing innovative chemical design or technological innovation that shows potential for environmental and human health benefits. Describe any pollution prevent ion benefits here, and indicate if this information is confidential business informati on. Attempt to quantify the expected benefits to the extent possible and avoid exaggeration and highly

speculative statements. The following questions can be used to assess p ollution prevention benefits: (1) Are there pollution prevention benefits associated with the new PMN chemical? (2) Does it allow reduction of elimination of (more) toxic solvents? (3) Does it reduce disposal to land, or in safer forms, compared to the chemistry it replaces? (4) Can it be recycled more easily than existing materials? (5) Does your manufacturing process eliminate or reduce the use/release of hazardous substances?  **Please click here**  **to review additional information that should be included on this page:** Clicking the link displays additional information regarding the pollution informatio n.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI ’ checkbox to claim the pollution prevention information as confidential .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘ Attach Document ’ button to generate the ‘Attach Doc uments’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window. Click the ‘File Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 138  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 4 - 45 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen :

**Exhibit 4**  **- 45**  **: Optional Pollution Prevention**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 139 4.1.32 Additional Attachments You can navigate to the ‘Additional Attachments’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Optional Pollution Prevention’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Additional Attachments’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Additional Attachments’ screen provides a table for you to add additional attachments that have not yet been incorporated into the form. This screen is used as a carryover where documents that did not have a suitable place in the application can be uploaded .  **Please click here**  **to view a list of commonly attached**  **documents and where they should be attached**  **:** Click the link to display a list of documents and where they should be attached .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **Date:** Displays the date a document was uploaded.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a documen t by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 140 Exhibit 4 - 46 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 46**  **: Ad**  **ditional A ttachments**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Attachment Summary’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.33 Attachment Summary You can navigate to the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen by clicking the ‘N ext’ button from the ‘ Additional Attachments ’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen displays a summary of the documents attached to the PMN form. The attachment table displays the section of the form a document is associated with, fileTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 141 name and file extension of a document, the document description, number of pages in a document , date attached, and whether the document is CBI .  **Section:** Displays the section of the PMN form the document is associated with .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the documents that were uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages in a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Date:** Displays the upload date of a document that was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents ’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicate s the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 142 Exhibit 4 - 47 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 47**  **: At** **tachment Summary Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 4.1.34 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Attachment Summary ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 143 The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not collec ted elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to provide OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter the description and any additional special instructions regarding the form.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the information as confidential . Exhibit 4 - 48 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 48**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 144 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. 4.1.35 Upload XML You can access the ‘Upload XML’ screen by clicking the ‘Upload XML’ button within the lower- left side of the bottom action bar. The ‘Upload XML’ screen is used to upload a PMN XML file into a current PMN form for PMN forms with numerous chemicals. You also have the option to export a current PMN form into an XML file using the ‘Export XML’ link.  **Upload XML File :**  C lick the button to generate the ‘File Upload ’ window to search for the ZIP archive fi le populated with PMN information. The archive file must contain the XML form in a file labeled ‘formdata.xml.’ The application process es the ZIP archive file and displays any applicable error messages .  **Export XML :**  C lick the button to generate the XML fi le of the current PMN form that a user can download .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 145 Exhibit 4 - 49 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Upload XML ’ screen: **Exhibit 4**  **- 49**  **: Upload XML**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 146 

### 5 Create Biotech nology Form The Biotechnology form is used as a way to collect information about “ intergeneric ” microorganisms that will be manufactured or imported into the United States. EPA collects the information provided in a Biotechnology form through a free text box and attachments. The Biotechnology form does not have a structured data format, but there ar e several types of Biotechnology notices that can be filed. The different ty pes are as follows: ‘ Microbial Commercial Activity

Notice ( MCAN) , ’ ‘ TSCA Experimental Release Application ( TERA) , ’ ‘ Tier I Exemption, ’ ‘ Tier II Exemption, ’ and ‘ Biotechnology Test Market Exemption ( TME ) ’ forms. All the forms have the same upload requirements , and EPA will retain responsibility for verifying the correct information is received. 5.1 Create Biotech nology Form To create a new Biotechnology form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Biotechnology ’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button . Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 5.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ scre en or b y entering a passphrase o n the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input identifying information for the specific form . You will have the option to assign a ‘ Form Alias’ b y which you will us e to identify the form . A form alias is helpful when a user or company has multiple forms and/or when you must differentiate between forms to the help desk. Upon navigating to the ‘General Form Information’ screen, the sys tem will auto - generate a default alias in the following format: <Form T yp e - YYYYMM DD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . Select the submission ty

pe from the ‘Ty

pe of Submission’ drop - down menu. The ‘ Ty pe of Submission ’ drop - down menu displays the following values :  MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice)  TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application)  Tier I Exemption  Tier II Exemption  Biotechnology TME (Text Market Exemption) The system will provide a ‘TS Number’ field for yo u to enter a TS number to tie support documents or J oint S ubmissions to the original Biotechnology form. The TS number must be a six (6) character alphanumeric combination . The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words , and numerical serie s are not recommended . The ‘Text/Comments’ text box is required when an attachment is not provided. A ‘CBI’ checkbox is displayed above the ‘Text/Comments’ text box to claim the information as confidential .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 147 The ‘General Form Information’ screen displays the option to attach a document by clicking the ‘Attach Document’ button. For more information regarding the attach document functionality , please refer to **Section 3.8**  .  **Form Alias:**  Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the system will auto generate an editable alias in the following format: < Form T yp e - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field .  **Type of Submission:** Select the submission ty pe from the drop - down menu . This drop - down menu contains the following values: ‘ MCAN (Microbial Commercial Activity Notice), ’ ‘ TERA (TSCA Experimental Release Application), ’ ‘ Tier I Exemption, ’ ‘ Tier II Exemption, ’ and ‘ Biotechnology TME (Test Market Exemption) . ’  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number. The TS number can be any six (6) character alphanumeric combination and should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not r ecommended. This field is required if ‘MCAN’ is selected from the ‘Type of Submission’ drop - down menu, if a L etter of S upport is pending, and/or if a j oint B iotechnology form is being filed.  **Text/Comments:** Enter a description of the form and/or attachment . This field is required if an attachment is not provided.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘ Text/Comments ’ information as confidential .  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Upload attachments including individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, Structure - Activity Relationship ( SAR) modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory comments, e tc. Analy tical test s should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chemical properties, fate information , environmental toxicity, and human health toxicity. Please refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document process .  **File Name:**  Displays the file name and file extension of a document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document b y displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Check here if you are filing a consolidated Biotech**  **nology form**  **:** Check the ‘Check here if yo u are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a consolidated form. This field is required if a value is entered in the ‘Number of Microorganisms’ text field .  **Check here if you are filing a joint Biotech nology**  **form :**  Check the ‘Check here if you are filing a joint Biotechnology form’ checkbox to indicate you will be submitting a joint form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 148  **Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending:** Check the ‘ Check here if you have a Letter of Support pending’ checkbox to indicate the form is pending a L etter of S upport .  **Number of Microorganisms:** Enter the number of microorganisms in a consolidated submission ; this value should be a value from two (2) through twenty (20) . This field is required if the ‘Check here if y ou are filing a consolidated Biotechnology form ’ checkbox is checked. Exhibit 5 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen**  **(Biotechnology )** 

**Navigatio n:**  If you are filing a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. If you are fili ng a Letter of Support andTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 149 not a joint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ link with in the navigation tree. If you are not filing either a Letter of Support or a J oint Biotechnology form, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.2 Joint Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Joint Submitter Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you indicate that a j oint Biotechnology form is pending . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Joint Submitter In formation’ link within the navigation tree . You may add a maximum of two (2) Joint S ubmissions by clicking the ‘Add Joint Submission ’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree to remove a Joint S ubmission. The ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus used to enter contact information for the j oint submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotechnology form. The provided email address will be used to send the joint submitter the unique identification number at the discretion of the primary submitter .  **Check here to claim thi s information as CBI**  **:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the joint submitter information as confidential . When you claim CBI , you are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **First Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s company name. This is a required field .  **Phone Number :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s U . S . phone number. This field does not accept dashes. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the joint submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2 :**  Enter the second line of the mailing address of the joint submitter .  **City :**  Enter the U . S . city of the mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **State :**  Enter the state of the mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of th e mailing address of the joint submitter . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 150 Exhibit 5 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 2**  **: Joint Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click th e ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.3 Joint Submission Information You can access the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submitter I

nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields that capture information to pass to the secondary

submitter . A field titled ‘Special Information’ captures in formation that the primary submitter will send to the secondary submitter in an email. A ‘Unique Identifier for Joint Submissions’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identifier generates when you declare a joint submission is established.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 151 **Jo int Submission Process:**  A ‘Special Information’ field will be used to send information to the joint submitter in an email sent by the primary submitter . When the secondary

submitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a new form , the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the secondary submitter enter s the unique identification number , the application will tie the two forms together. Exhibit 5 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Joint Submission I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 3**  **: Joint**  **Submission Information Screen**

**Navigation:** If you are filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. If you are not filing a Letter of Support, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 152 5.1.4 Notify Secondary Submitter of Joint Submission Information You can access the unique identifier notification pop -up window by clicking th e ‘Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the Joint Submission’ link from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification pop -up window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the original submitter.  **CC :**  Contains the email address from CDX registration information, and the editable email address of the technical contact .  **To:** Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology ’ in an editable field.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a secondary submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that should be passed onto the secondary submitter .  **Send:** Click the button to g enerate and send an email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 153 Exhibit 5 - 4 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window :

**Exhibit 5**  **- 4**  **: Unique Identifier Notification Window** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the secondary submitter and navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ button in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the process of notifying a secondary submitter an d navigate back to the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 154 5.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a J oint S ubmission . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I nformation’ screen if you identified that a J oint S ubmission would be filed . You can also navigate to this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree when you have indicated that a Letter of Support form will be filed. Click the ‘Add Letter of Support’ link within the navigation tree to add a Letter of Support. The system will allow a n unlimited number of Letters of Support to be filed. Remove a Letter of Support by clicking the ‘Remove’ link ( ) within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus used to enter contact information for the Letter of S upport submitter who will be submitting separate information for the Biotech nology form. The provided email address will be used to send the Letter of S upport submitter the unique identification number to create the Letter of Support at the discretion of the primary submitter .  **Check here to claim this information as CBI :**  Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the L etter of S upport submitter information as confidential . When you claim the Letter of S upport submitter contact information as CBI, yo u are stating that the information is confidential and should not be released to the public.  **First Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s first name. This is a required field.  **Last Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s last name. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s job title .  **Company Name :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number**  **:** Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s phone number. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the L etter of S upport submitter ’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1 :**  Enter the first line of the L etter of S upport submitter ’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2 :**  Enter the second line of the L etter of S upport submitter ’s mailing address.  **City :**  Enter the city

of the mailing address of the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.  **S t**  **ate:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the Letter of S upport submitter . This is a required field if the ‘Country ’ field is set to ‘United States.’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.  **Country :**  Select the country of the mailing address for the L etter of S upport submitter . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 155 Exhibit 5 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 5**  **: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Suppor t Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.6 Letter of Support Submission Information You can navigate to the ‘ Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by

clicking the ‘ Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen presents fields to enter information to pass to the secondary submitter . A field titled ‘Special I nformation’ will be used to send information to the secondary submitter in an email sent once the uniqueTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 156 identification number has been entered. A ‘Unique Identifier for Letter of Support Submissions’ box will also display

on this screen. The unique identifier will generate when a Letter of Support submission is being established. **Letter of Support Submissio n Process:**  A field titled ‘Special Information’ will be used to send information to the joint submitter in an email sent at the discretion of the primary submitter . When the secondary

submitter accesses the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen an d creates a new form , the secondary submitter will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . Once the unique identification number has been entered, the application will tie the two forms together. Exhibit 5 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Letter of Support Submission Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 6**  **: Letter of Support**  **Submission Information Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 157 **Navigation:** C lick the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 5.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the unique identifier notification pop -up window b y clicking the ‘Notify the Secondary

Submitter of the Letter of Support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submissi on Information’ screen. The unique identifier notification pop -up window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identification number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field to add other email addresses to the not ification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the original submitter.  **CC :**  This will automatically populate with the email address from CDX registration information, and the editable email address of the technical contact.  **To:** Contains instructional text to enter multiple email addresses. Contains the editable email address of the joint submitter specified on the ‘Joint Submitter I nformation’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigating to the window.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Biotechnology ’ in an editable text field.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message that will display in the email sent to a secondary sub mitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be passed onto the secondary submitter .  **Send:** Click the button to g enerate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 158 Exhibit 5 - 7 shows the screen capture of the unique identifier notification pop -up window:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 7**  **: Unique**  **Identifier Notification Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the secondary submitter and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the unique identification number notification process and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 159 5.1.8 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ sc reen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen if you are not filing a J oint S ubmission or Letter of Support . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Joint Submission I

nformation’ screen if you are not filing a Letter of Support. You can also navigate this screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. You can also view this screen b y clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the n avigation tree. The ‘ Technical Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window to enter information into the text fields. The text fields can populate from your CDX registration information by

c licking the ‘ Copy CDX Registration’ button . Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to indicate that the information is confi dential and will n ot be released to the public .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact.  **First Name:** Displaysthe first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact information by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact information from the table. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 160 Exhibit 5 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 5**  **- 8**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree.  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to copy your information from CDX registration; a message displays confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 161  **Position :**  Enter the te chnical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact. This field does not accept dashes. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email A ddress:**  Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@domain . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with i nformation entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the technical contact . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the technical contact . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered durin g CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the city

of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Sel ect the state of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of th e mailing address for the technical contact. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States . ’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 162 Exhibit 5 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Technical Contact’ window : **Exhibit 5**  **- 9**  **: Ad**  **d Technical**  **Contact Windo** **w**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Cancel’ button to stop the process of entering technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. Click the ‘OK’ button to save and populate the entered technical contact information and navigate back to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 163 5.1.9 Optional Cover Letter You can access the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technical Contact Information’ scree n. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected elsewhere in the form. The cov er letter is used to give OPPT resources and special instructions regarding the application ; enter any necessary instructions into the blank text field . The cover letter should be either fully CBI or non - CBIto eliminate user error to promote transparency between the company and EP A.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter information as confidential. Exhibit 5 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen: **Exhibit 5**  **- 10**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Screen**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 164 **Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to view a PDF preview of the form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 165 

### 6 Create Notice of Commencement (NOC) Form The Notice of Commencement (NOC) form is a form that industry users submit to notify

EPA of when a new chemical or microorganism, submitted und er a Biotechnology or PMN form, has already started manufacture or import. A NOC form cannot be submitted before the chemical or microorganism has gone through the review period by EPA. The NOC must be submitted within 30 days after the start date of the f irst manufacture or import. 6.1 Create NOC Form To create a new NOC form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Notice of Commencement (NOC)’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button . Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 6.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen b y creating a passphrase on th e ‘Create Passphrase’ screen or entering a passphrase on the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen. The ‘General Form In formation’ screen provides fields to identify information that notifies EPA of the form alias, case number, and manufacture or import information . The ‘General Form Information’ screen presents a list of text fields and drop - down menus to input information about the originally filed form. The ‘Manufacture/Import I nformation ’ field present s radio buttons for you to state whether the company intends to manufacture or import the new chemical substance. When a manufacture/import radio button is selected, a calendar widget appears to enter the date of commencement.  **Form Alias:**  Enter the form alias if desired . Upon navigating to the screen, the system will auto - generate an editable form alias comprised of <Form T yp e - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number pertaining to the reported chemical substance or mixture. The case number must be in the following format: P - XX - XXXX for Premanufacture Notice cases or J - XX - XXXX for MCAN Biotechnology cases . This is a required field.  **First Commercial Manufacture:** Enter the date for the first commercial manufacture. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ field or the ‘First Commercial Importation ’ field is required.  **First Commercial Importation:** Enter the date for the first commercial importation. A calendar widget appears when the radio button is selected to select the appropriate date. If yo u select a future date past the current date, an error displays when navigating away from the screen. Either the ‘First Commercial Manufacture’ or the ‘First Commercial Importation’ field is required.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 166 Exhibit 6 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 1**  **: General Form Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.2 Technical Contact Information You can access the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘G eneral Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Techni cal Contact Information’ screen displays an ‘Add Technical Contact’ button. Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate an ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window to enter technical contact information into the list of text fields. Click the ‘Copy C DX Registration’ button to populate the text fields with your contact information entered during CDX registration. Check the ‘Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential to indicate that the information will not be released to the public .  **Add Technical Contact:** Click the ‘Add Technical Contact’ button to generate the ‘Add Technical Contact’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 167  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the reported technical contact.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the reported technical contact.  **Address:** Displays the address of the reported technical contact.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of the reported technical contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elet e ’ icon ( ) to delete the technical contact. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the technical contact. Exhibit 6 - 2 shows the scree n capture of the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen:

**Exhibit 6**  **- 2**  **: Technic**  **al Contact Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 168 Exhibit 6 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Add Technical Contact ’ window : **Exhibit 6**  **- 3**  **: Ad**  **d Technical Contact**  **Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button to cancel the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered technical contact information and return to the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ screen.  **Copy CDX Registration:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to import contact information from CDX registration; a confirmation message will display .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 169  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI ’ checkbox to claim the technical contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Captures the daytime U.S. phone number of the technical contact and must be at least 10 characters long . This field does not accept dashes. If y ou have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Cit y:**  Enter the city

of the mailing address of the technical contact. If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Select the state of the m ailing address of the technical contact from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the technical contact. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’ 6.1.3 Chemical Information You can access the ‘Chemical I nformation’ screen by

clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Technic al Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Information’ screen provides fields to identify the chemical the submitter has begun to manufacture or import. The ‘ Specific Chemical Identity ’ section provides fields to inputTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 170 information describing the chemical for which the NOC is to be fi led. This screen outline s the unique chemical properties and displays the name and CASRN of the chemical. If you claim a chemical as CBI , the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box generates . A ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigation tree upon navigating away from the screen. If you claim chemical identity as confidential, you must provide a generic chemical name for yo ur substance that reveals the specific chemical identity of the new chemical substance to the m aximum extent possible.  **Add Chemical Component :**  Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to generate the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expa ndable/collapsible field set. At least one chemical is required.  **Substance Identity Confidentiality Status:** You wil l only be able to select a single radio button. If you claim the chemical as CBI, after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable /collapsible field set, the system will enable the first radio button and disable the second an d third radio buttons. If you do not claim the chemical as CBI , after clicking the ‘Save’ button in the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ expandable/collapsible field set, the system will disable the first radio button and enable the second and third radio butt on options. This section displays the following options: o I wish to claim the substance identity confidential and the substantiation to support this claim is attached. Failure to submit the required substantiation in accordance with 40 CFR 720.85(b) will r esult in waiver of your claim. o I previously claimed the substance identity as confidential and hereby relinquish that claim. o I did not claim the substance identity as confidential in my original PMN submission.  **Search SRS:**  Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search SRS’ window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality .  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN of the chemical being reported .  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name of the substance being repor ted.  **CBI:** Check the ‘ CBI ’ checkbox to claim the ‘Specific Chemical Identity’ information as confidential and generate the ‘Generic Chemical Name’ text box. If you claim the chemical as confidential , a ‘CBI Substantiation’ folder displays within the navigat ion tree after clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Information’ screen .  **Generic Chemical Name:** Enter the generic name to associate with a chemical. This field displays onl y when the ‘Specific Chemical Identity ’ is claimed CBI.  **Save:** Click the ‘Save’ button to save the information entered in the ‘Specific Chemical Id entity ’ expandable/collapsible field set . You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the action bar at the bottom of the screen to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 171 Exhibit 6 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen

– Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 4**  **Chemical Information –**  **Chemical Claimed CBI**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 172 Exhibit 6 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Information’ screen

– Chemical Claimed CBI (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 5**  **Chemical Information –**  **Chemical Claimed CBI Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.4 Submitter Site Information You can access the ‘ Submitter Site Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from th e ‘Chemical Information’ s creen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Submitter Site In formation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Submitter Site I

nformation’ screen identifies the site at which the manufacture or import of the chemical occurs . The system provides fields to enter site identification information in theTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 173 ‘Site’ table . You are able to enter sites by searching the FRS . To do so, click the ‘ FRS Search ’ button.  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to generate the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.10**  for additional details regarding the Facility Registry S ys tem search functionality .  **Registry ID:** Displays the EPA registry ID of the site.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name associated with a site.  **Address:** Displays the site address of a site.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a site by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the site row permanently from the system. A confirmation prompt displays to confirm the deletion. Exhibit 6 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitter Site I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 6**  **: Submitter Site Information** 

**Navigation:** If you claimed a chemical CBI, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. If you did not claim a chemical as CBI, click the ‘Next’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 174 button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Lett er’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.5 CBI Substantiation Part 1 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site I

nf ormation’ screen if a chemical was claimed CBI on the ‘Chemical In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen presents substantiatio n questions that require you to provide answers into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 1’ screen consists of questions A th rough D, which read as follows:  **(A) What harmful effects to yo**  **ur competitive position, if any, do you think would result if EPA publishes on the**  **I nventory the identity of the chemical substance? How could a**  **competitor use such information given the fact that the identity of the substance otherwise would appear on the inventory of chemical substances with no link between**  **the substance and your compan y or industry? How substantial would the harmful**  **effects of disclosure be? What is the causal**  **relationship between the disclosure and the harmful effects?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question A. This is a required field.  **(B) Fo**  **r what period of tim e should confidential treatment be given? Until a specific**  **date, the occurrence of a specific event, or permanently? Why? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question B. This is a required field.  **(C) Has the chemical substance been patented? If so, have yo**  **u granted licenses to others with respect to the patent as it applies to the chemical substance? If the chemical**  **substance has been patented and therefore disclosed through the patent ,**  **w hy should it**  **be treated as confidential for purposes of the I**  **nventory? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question C. This is a required field.  **(D) Has the identity of the chemical substance been kept confidential to the extent that**  **your competitors do not know it is being manufactured or imported for a commercial purpose b**  **y anyone? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question D. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 175 Exhibit 6 - 7 show s the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 7**  **: CB**  **I Substantiation Part 1 Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 176 Exhibit 6 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 1 ’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 8**  **: CBI Su**  **bstantiation Part 1 Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.6 CBI Substantiation Part 2 You can access the ‘CBI Subs tantiation Part 2’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 1’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 177 The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen present s substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen consists of questions E through H, which read a s follows:  **(E) Is the fact**  **that someone is manufacturing or importing this chemical substance for commercial purposes available to the public, e.g. in technical journals or other**  **publications; in libraries; or in State, local or Federal agency public files? :**  Captures the answer to s ubstantiation question E. This is a required field.  **(F) What measures have you taken to prevent undesired disclosure of the fact that you**  **are manufacturing or importing this substance for a commercial purpose?** : Enter the answer to substantiation question F . This is a required field.  **(G) To what extent has the fact that you are manufacturing or importing this chemical**  **substance for a commercial purpose been disclosed to others? What precautions have you taken in regard to these disclosures? Has this informat**  **ion been disclosed to the public, or to competitors?**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question G. This is a required field.  **(H) In what form does this particular chemical substance leave the site of manufacture,**  **e.g. as part of a product, in effluent or emission stream? If so, what measures have you**  **taken to guard against discovery of its identity? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question H. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 178 Exhibit 6 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBISubstantiation Part 2 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 9**  **: CBI Substantiation Part 2**  **Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 179 Exhibit 6 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 2’ screen (Scroll 2 ):

**Exhibit 6**  **- 10**  **: CBI**  **Substantiation Part 2**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.7 CBI Substantiation Part 3 You can access the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CB I Substantiation Part 2’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ link within the navigation tr ee.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 180 The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen presents substantiation questions that require answers to be entered into the text fields as free text or enter ‘ N/A ’ if the question does not apply . The ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen consists of questions I through L, which read as follows:

 **(I) If the chemical substance leaves the site of manufacture in a product that is available to either the public or your competitors, can they identify the substance by analyzing**  **the product? :**  Enter the answer to substant iation question I . This is a required field.  **(J) For what purpose do you manufacture or import the substance? :**  Enter the answer to substantiation question J. This is a required field.  **(K) Has EPA, another Federal agency, or any Federal court made any persi stent**  **confidentiality determinations regarding this chemical substance? If so, copies of such determinations must be**  **included in the substantiation.:** Enter the answer to substantiation question K. This is a required field.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach supporting docu mentation for substantiation question K. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop - up window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.  **(L) If the notice includes a health and safe t** **y study concerning the new chemical substance, the submitter must also ans**  **wer the question in 40 CFR 720.90(b)(2). Persons must answer this question if a health and safety study was provided at any time in the**  **new chemical process.**  **:** Enter the answer to substantiation question L. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 181 Exhibit 6 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 3 ’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 11**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 3 Screen (**  **Scroll 1 )** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 182 Exhibit 6 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen (Scroll 2) :

**Exhibit 6**  **- 12**  **: CBI Substantiation**  **Part 3 Screen (**  **Scroll 2 )** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Submitter Site Information’ screen if a chemical was not claimed CBI , or the ‘ CBI Substantiation Part 3 ’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 6.1.8 Optional Cover Letter If you are not claiming a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ scree n, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Information’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. If you did claim a chemical as CBI on the ‘Chemical Information’ screen, click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘CBI Substantiation Part 3’ screen to navigate to the ‘Optional CoverTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 183 Letter screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information to EPA not collected e lsewhere in the form. The cov er letter is used to give OPPT r esources and special instructions regarding the application. The cover letter should be either full y CBI or non - CBI to eliminate user error and to promote transparency between the company and EPA .  **Check here**  **to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the cover letter as confidential .  **Cover Letter:** Enter any additional information or special instructions associated with the form . Exhibit 6 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Optional Cover Letter ’ screen: **Exhibit 6**  **- 13**  **: Optional Cover Letter**  **Scre en** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 184 

### 7 Create Support Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows Support forms to be submitted such as ‘Amendment,’ ‘Correspondence,’ ‘Suspension Request,’ ‘Transfer of Ownership ,’ ‘Withdrawal Requests , ’ and ‘Test Data.’ Support forms are filed separately from PMN forms due to access restrictions and/or to provide information not included in the original PMN. The Support form is used to supplement the original PMN by providing additional data that was not provided originally, withdraw a PMN appli cation, or provide data that was requested later . 7.1 Create Support Form To create a new Support form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘Support’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button . Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 7.1.1 General Form Information You can access the ‘General Form Information’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen or creating a passphrase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen . The ‘General Form Information’ screen provides a list of text fields and drop - down menus for yo u to input information about the originall y filed form.  **Form Alias:**  Captures how the form will be identified. Upon navigating to the screen, the system auto - generate s an editable form alias comprised of < Form T ype - YYYYMMDD HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **Case Number:** Enter the case number . The case number must be in one of the following formats: P - XX - XXXX for PMN, SN - XX - XXXX for SNUN, L - XX - XXXX for LVE, LM XX - XXXX for LVE Modifications, X - XX - XXXX for LoREX, XM - XX - XXXX for LoREX Modifications, T - XX - XXXX for TMEA and I - XX - XXXX for Mock PMN. This is a required field.  **TS Number:** Enter the TS number ; this field accepts any six (6) character alphanumeric combination . This value is d etermined b y the company in order to identify the form for both pay ments and connecting related submissio ns when additional communications (Letters of Support, J oint S ubmissions and corrections) are sent before a PMN/L VE number has been assigned. The TS number should include two ( 2 ) , three ( 3 ) , or four (4 ) letters. Company names, recognizable words and numerical series are not recommended.  **Original Submission Media Type:** Select the original submission media type from the drop down menu . This field contains the following values: ‘ CD, ’ ‘ Paper, ’ and ‘ eTSCA PMN 1.0 , ’ and helps OPPT locate legacy files . This is a required field.  **Original Submission Date:** Enter the date for the original submission date by clicking the calendar icon , which generates the calendar pop -up window to select the appropriate date.  **Type o f Support:**  Select the ty pe of support from the drop - down menu . This field contains the following values: ‘ Amendment, ’ ‘ Suspension Request , ’ ‘ Test Data, ’ ‘ Transfer of Ownership, ’ ‘ Withdrawal Request, ’ and ‘ Other Correspondence. ’ This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 185  **Check if requested by EPA/Contractor:** Check the ‘ Check if requested by EPA/Contractor’ checkbox to display fields to enter information to identify the requestor that asked you to submit support information.  **Last Name:** Enter the last name of the requestor. This field only display s if the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed .  **First Name:** Enter the first name of the requestor. This field only display s if the ‘Check if requested b y EPA/Contractor’ checkbox is checked and is required if displayed .  **EPA/Contractor:** Select a value from the drop - down menu to identify whether the requestor is an EPA official, a c ontractor, or unknown. This drop - down menu contains the following options: ‘EPA,’ ‘Contractor,’ and ‘Unknown.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ S ave ’ icon ( ) to save an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘ F orm ’ icon ( ) to edit an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete an individual EPA/ c ontractor entry . Click the ‘A dd ’ icon ( ) to add another entry to enter EPA/c ontractor information .  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the support description or explanation of support as confidential.  **Description or Explanation of Support:** Enter the support description or explanation of support . Either the ‘Description or Explanation of Support’ field is required , or an attached document is required.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and attach documents describing the Support form. Attachments that are uploaded include individual toxicity studies, GPC data, spectra, exposure monitoring evaluations, physical and chemical properties data, SAR modeling, test samples characterization data, explanatory commen ts, etc. Analy

tical tests should be provided with their complete data set. For example, provide a GPC test report with time interval data and all graphs. For ease of review, group attachments by ty pe of data, e.g., phys ical/chemic al properties, fate inform ation. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extensi on of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description:** Displays the description of a file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Subtype:** Displays the document subty pe of an attached document .  **Pages:** Displays the number of pages a document contains .  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a document by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N . ’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning m essage displays to confirm the deletion .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 186 Exhibit 7 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 7**  **- 1**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen ( Scroll 1**  **)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 187 Exhibit 7 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Form Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 7**  **- 2**  **: Ge**  **neral Form Information Screen ( Scroll 2**  **)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Original Submitter Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. 7.1.2 Original Submitter Information You can acces s the ‘Original Submitter I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Form Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Original Submitter I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 188 The ‘Original Submitte r Information’ screen provides a list of text fields to enter the contact information of the Authorized Official who submitted the original PMN form for whom y ou are filing the Support form .  **Check here to copy your information from CDX Registration :**  Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to import y our CDX registration information. A prompt will generate to confirm the import of registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘ Check here to claim this information as CBI’ checkbox to claim the original submitter contact information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the original submitter’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX regi stration. This is a required field .  **Last Name:** Enter the original submitter’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Position :**  Enter the original submitter’s job title .  **Company Name:** Enter the original submitter’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **Phone Number:** Enter the original submitter’s day time phone number; U . S . or international. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address :**  Enter the original submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate wit h information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the original submitter . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **Cit y:**  Enter the city

of the mailing address of the original submitter . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .  **State:** Enter the state of the m ailing address of the original submitter . If yo u have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field if the ‘ Country ’ field is set to ‘ United States . ’  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the mailing address for the original submitter . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 189  **Country:** Select the country of the original submitter from the drop - down menu . If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field. Exhibit 7 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Original Submitter I nformation ’ screen: **Exhibit 7**  **- 3**  **: Original Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Sub mit’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 190 

### 8 Create Bona Fide Form The purpose of the Bona Fide module is to receive an official determination from EPA as to whether a substance is on the TSCA inventory. Submitters may attem pt to avoid submitting a PMN by completing a Bona Fide form to establish that the chemical already exists on the inventory . The Bona Fide process is cove red in a thirty (30) day period. 8.1 Create Bona Fide Form To create a new Bona Fide form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen , select ‘Bona Fide’ from the ‘Form Ty pe’ drop - down menu and click the ‘Start New Form’ button . Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer **to Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 8.1.1 General Document Information You can access the ‘General Document Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Start New Form’ button and creating a new passphrase , or by acces sing a Section 5 Notices and Supports Bona Fide form that is ‘In Progress’ and entering the passphrase associated with the selected form . The ‘General Document Information’ screen presents a list of text fi elds and checkboxes for you to input identify

ing information for the specific form. You will have the option to assign a ‘Form Alias’ by which the form can be identified. The form alias is helpful when yo u or the company has multiple forms and/or when you user must differentiate between forms to the help desk. If a form alias is not entered, the system will provide a default alias comprised of a form t ype and date and time stamp in the foll owing format: <Form Ty pe - YYYYMM DD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . You can claim the entirety of the form as CBI. The entire form will be claimed as CBI if you check the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI ’ checkbox. The entire form will be considered non - CBI if yo u leave the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox unchecked . You can indicate that a t echnical contact will be identified by checking the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. The technical contact must possess sufficient knowledge to answer an y questions EPA may have about the chemical reported in the form . The application will generate a ‘Technic al Contact Information’ screen when you check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox. You can indicate that a Letter of Support is expected to be filed by a secondary submitter by checking the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox. The Letter of Support shall be submitt ed by a Secondary

Authorized Official . The Secondary Authorized Official will have a unique identification number that will link the forms . The unique identification number will be sent to the Letter of Support submitter, via email. A t submission of the primary Bona Fide form , the unique identification number will link the two forms together. The information submitted in both forms will be kept separate, but linked, by the s ys tem. The Primary

and Secondary

AO will only be able to view information submitted by their own company. You can indicate that yo u are submitting on behalf of another compan y b y checking the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox. The ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen presents a list of text fields for you to input contact inf ormation for the company on whose behalf the form is being made when submitting on behalf of another compan y. The application willTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 191 generate a ‘Submitting on Behalf of Compan y’ screen during the submission process when you check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox.  **Form Alias:** Enter the form alias. Upon navigating to the screen, the screen will auto generate an editable form alias comprised of <Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone > . This is a required field.  **I claim the entirety of this submission as CBI:** Check the ‘I claim the entirety of th is submission as CBI ’ checkbox to flag all data contained within the form as confidential .  **Technical Contact:** Check the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox to generate a ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen for you to enter contact information about the technical contact associated with the reported chemical.  **Letter of Support:** Check the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox t o indicate that the form is pending a Letter of Support and to generate the ‘Letter of Support’ folder within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support’ folder contains the following screens: ‘L etter of Support Submitter I

nformation’ and ‘Letter of Suppo rt Submission I nformation.’  **Submitting on Behalf of Company:** Check the ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company ’ checkbox to indicate that you will be submitting a Bona Fide form on behalf of another company. A ‘Submitting on Behalf of Company’ screen will display during the submission process for you to enter information pertaining to the compan y you are submitting on behalf of that will manufacture or import the chemical substance.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 192 Exhibit 8 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 1**  **: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 193 Exhibit 8 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘General Document Information’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 2**  **: General Document Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.2 Primary Contact Information You can access the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Primary Contact Information’ link withi n the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 194 The data fields on the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen are pre -populated based on information entered during CDX registration. All fields are editable allowing for necessary updates. The ‘Title’ field on this screen is not pre - populated from CDX registration and is a required field . If you checked the ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all entered primary contact information is flagged as CBI. The following fie lds are captured and displayed from the logged in user’s CDX registration information:  **Prefix:** Select the primary contact’s prefix from the drop - down menu.  **First Name:** Enter the primary contact’s first name. This is a required field  **Middle Initial:** Enter the primary contact’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the primary contact’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the primary contact’s suffix from the drop - down menu.  **Title :**  Enter the primary contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time U.S. phone number; dashes are not allowed. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is required.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address. This is required.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **State:** Select the state of the technical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. The state field is required if the user selects ‘United States’ from the country drop down menu.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the technical contact’s mailing address. This is a required field  **Country:** Select the primary contact’s country from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 195 Exhibit 8 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 3**  **: Primary Contact Information Screen**  **(Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 196 Exhibit 8 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘Primary Contact Information’ s creen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 8**  **- 4**  **: Primary Contact Information Screen (Scroll 2)** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen if yo u checked the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact Information’ link within the navigation tree. Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen if y ou left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.3 Technical Contact Information If you indicated on the ‘Gen eral Document Information’ screen that technical contact information would be provided, then you can navigate to the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ screen. You canTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 197 also access thi s screen by clicking the ‘Technical Contact I nformation’ link within the navigation tree . The technical contact is a subject matter expert (SME) who is capable of answering questions related to the chemical submitted to EPA within the Bona Fide form . The technical contact does not have to work at the port or site reported on the form but must possess sufficient knowledge to answer EPA’s questions pertaining to the chemical reported in the form . The ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen is utilized across all Section 5 Notices and Supports forms. The text fields on the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen will be blank upon accessing the screen. To add information, you will enter data into the blank text boxes for the listed text fields. If you checked th e ‘ I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all entered technical contact information will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix:** Select the technical contact’s prefix from the drop - down menu .  **First Name:** Enter the technical contact’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:** Enter the technical contact’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the technical contact’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the technical contact’s suffix from the drop - down menu .  **Title :**  Enter the technical contact’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the technical contact’s company name.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the technical contact’s day time U.S. phone number ; dashes are not allowed . This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the technical contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Addres s 1:**  Enter the first line of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the technical contact’s mailing address.  **State:** Select the state of the tec hnical contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the techn ical contact’s mailing address.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 198 Exhibit 8 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Technical Contact Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 5**  **: Technical Contact Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.4 Statement of Intent You can access the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Primary Contact Information’ if you left the ‘Technical Contact’ checkbox unchecked on the ‘General Document Information’ screen or by clicking the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Technical Contact In formation’ screen if yo u checked the ‘Tec hnical Contact’ checkbox on the ‘General DocumentTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 199 In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Statement of Intent’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Statement of Intent’ screen requires yo u to indicate whether your intent is t o manufacture or import the chemical substance for which you are requesting a TSCA inventory determination from EPA . You must indicate the activities of ‘Manufacture’ and/or ‘Import’ by checking the provided checkboxes . If yo u indicate that you intend to manufacture the chemical substance, ‘Site of Manufacture’ will display within the ‘ List of Submitter Sites ’ table on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen after a search or manual entry has been completed. Similarly, if you indicate that you intend to import the chemical substance , ‘Port of Entry ’ will display within the ‘ Li st of Submitter Sites ’ table on the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen after a search or manual entry

has been completed On this screen, you are required to enter the date you expect to submit a Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. If you checked the ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Statement of I ntent’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Manufacture:** Check the ‘Manufacture’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance will be manufactured. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘I mport’ checkbox is required to be checked.  **Import:** Che ck the ‘Import’ checkbox to indicate the chemical substance will be imported. Either the ‘Manufacture’ or ‘Import’ checkbox is required to be checked.  **Date of expected Section 5 notification if the result is that the chemical is not on the inventory:**  Enter the date when you are e xpecting to submit a Section 5 n otification if the result is that the chemical is not found on the inventory. This data can be received in any format (i.e. ‘Quarter 1 of 2014 ,’ ‘10/01/14’ ). This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 200 Exhibit 8 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 6**  **: Statement of Intent Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen if you checked the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.5 Letter of Support Submitter Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Statement of I ntent’ screen if you selected the ‘Letter of Support’ checkbox o n the ‘General Document Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen is used to enter contact informati on regarding the Letter of Support submitter who will provide additional, separate information regarding the Bona Fide form . The email address provided for the Letter of Support submitter will be used to send the unique identification number , which is used to link the primary and secondary submissions, to the Letter of Support submitter.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 201 If you checked th e ‘I claim the entirety of the submission as CBI’ checkbox on the ‘General Document Information’ screen, all information entered on the ‘Letter of Sup port Submitter In formation’ screen will be flagged as CBI.  **Prefix:** Select the Letter of Support submitter’s prefix from the drop - down menu .  **First Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s first name. This is a required field.  **Middle Initial:** Enter th e Letter of Support submitter’s middle initial.  **Last Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s last name. This is a required field.  **Suffix:** Select the Letter of Support submitter’s suffix from the drop - down menu .  **Title:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s job title.  **Company Name:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s company name. This is a required field.  **Phone Number:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s U.S. or international day time phone number. Dashes are not allowed in this field. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the Letter of Support submitter’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@ABC.com . This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1**  **:** Enter the first line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address.  **City:** Enter the city

of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop down menu . This is a required field when the ‘Country ’ field is identified as ‘United States.’  **Postal Code:** Enter the postal code of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address. This is a required field.  **Country:** Select the country of the Letter of Support submitter’s mailing address from the drop - down menu . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 202 Exhibit 8 - 7 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 7**  **: Letter of Support Submitter Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.6 Letter of Support Su bmission Information You can access the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Letter of Support Submission In formation’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen is used as a communication point between two companies. The ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen displays a comment box for you to enter info rmation that will be passed on to the Letter of Support submitter. A text field will be used to send inform ation to the Letter of Support s ubmitter in an email sent by the primary submitter . A ‘Unique Identification Number for Letter of SupportTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 203 Submissions ’ box will also display on this screen. The unique identification number is generated when you declare a Letter of Support submission is being established. **Letter of Support Submission Process:** When you designate that a Letter of Support submission is being filed, y ou will be asked to enter all the information within the ‘Letter of Support Submission’ folder. The forms from the primary submitter will be linked, but not combined by

the system. When the primary

submitter chooses to notify the Letter of Support submitter of the unique identification number , the system will send an email to the Letter of Support s ubmitter designated on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter I nformation’ screen. The email will contain the ‘Unique Identifier Number’ that will link the two forms. When the Letter of Support s ubmitter accesses the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and creates a form to be filed, the user will be prompted to enter the unique identification number on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. Once the unique identification number has been entered, the s ys tem will link the primary and Letter of Support forms . You may add additional Letters of Support s by

clicking the ‘Add Letter of Support ’ link within the navigation tree.  **Letter of Support Submission Information Instructions:** Enter the information that the Primary AO is sending to the Letter of Support s ubmitter.  **Letter of Support Submission Informational Text :**  Displays instructional te xt provided by OPPT, the unique identifier number generated for the form , and allows you to email the unique identification number to the Letter of Support submitter by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link.  **Unique Identification Number:** The unique identification number is a random number generated to pass on to the Letter of Support submitter to create a Letter of Support submission.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 204 Exhibit 8 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘Letter of Support Submission Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 8**  **: Letter of Support Submission Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Chemical Identification I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Chemical Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.7 Notify Secondary Submitter of Letter of Support Information You can access the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window by clicking the ‘Notify

the Secondary

Submitter of the letter of support submission’ link from the ‘Letter of Support Submission I

nformation’ screen. The unique identifier notification window is used to notify the secondary

submitter of the unique identifier number . The unique identifier notification window displays a ‘CC’ field for you to add other email addresses to the notification (including the original submitter), a ‘To’ field, and an ‘Additional Comments’ text box.  **From:** Displays the email address of the user that created the form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 205  **CC :**  Contains instructional text for a user to enter multiple email addresses. This will automatically

populate with the email address of the logged in user, a nd the email address of the technical contact.  **To:** Contains the editable email address of the Letter of Support submitter specified on the ‘Letter of Support Submitter Information ’ screen; this email address will be automatically populated upon navigatin g to the window.  **Subject:** Displays ‘YYYY Bona Fide ’ in an editable text field.  **Message:** Displays a pre - determined message in the email sent to a Letter of Support submitter .  **Additional Comments:** Enter any other additional comments or instructions that can be pas sed onto the Letter of Support s ubmitter.  **Send:** Click the ‘Send’ button to generate and send the email to the email addresses identified in the ‘CC’ and ‘To’ fields.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 206 Exhibit 8 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘Unique Identifier Notification’ window:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 9**  **: Unique Identifier No**  **tification Window**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Send’ button to send the email to the Letter of Support submitter and navigate back to the ‘Letter of Support Submission I nformation’ screen. Click the ‘X’ icon in the upper right -hand corner to cancel the unique identifier notification process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 207 8.1.8 Chemical Identification Information You can access the ‘ Chemical Identification Information ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Technical Contact Information ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ link located within the navigation tree. The ‘Chemical Identification I nformation’ screen identifies the ty pe of chemical the submitter will be entering into the application. You will be able to file a Bona Fide form for a class 1 or 2 chemical substance or a poly mer. Based on the selection that y ou designate, the appropriate screens for the respective chemical will appear. This screen also provides a text fiel d for you to identify an alias for the chemical substance. The chemical alias is required if a Letter of Support is being filed and will rename the chemical folder within the navigation tree .  **Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance :**  Select the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemi cal Substance’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a class 1 or 2 substance. You are required to select one of the two radio button options display ed in the ‘Chemical Ty

pe’ section.  **Polymer :**  Select the ‘Poly mer’ radio button to indicate that the chemical is a poly mer. The user is required to select one of the two options displayed in the ‘Chemical Type’ section.  **Chemical Alias:** Enter the chemical alias to associate with a chemical.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 208 Exhibit 8 - 10 shows the screen capture of the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 10**  **: Chemical Identification Information**  **Screen**

**Na vigation:**  If you selected the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical S ubstance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. If y ou selected the ‘Poly mer’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ butto n to navigate to the ‘Poly mer Id entification In formation’ screen. 8.1.9 Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances If you select ed the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substance’ radio button, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. The ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter information describing the chemical for the Bona Fide which is to be filed , including its name, composition , and structure . You can add a chemical component by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Comp onent’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button , an expandable/collapsible field set generates that contains numerous fields to identify the chemical in question. You will be able to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique inf ormation, by

clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical component yo u wish to identify . **Class of Substance:** Inthe section, ‘Class of Substance,’ you identify whether a ‘Class 1’ or ‘Class 2’ chemical substance is being reported. When you select a ‘Class 2’ chemical substanceTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 209 radio button , you are indicating that some portions of the structure may not be known and an additional screen will appear within the navigation tree that provides fields for you to enter information concerning how the chemical was created. If multiple class 2 chemical components are added, one ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen will apply to all chemical components.  **Add Chemical ID:** You can access the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set. You can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Sy nony m.’ If you retrieve zero results, the sys tem provides fields for you to enter the chemical information by

filling in the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abst ract Services Registry Number’ under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality to enter the selected chemical b y clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID’ window.  **Chemical Name:** The s ystem provides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the ‘CASRN’ (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemical substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search o r manually enter the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandabl e/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **ID Method:** The s ys tem shall require that yo u identify which identification (ID) method was used to determine the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 ( CAS Inventory Expert Service ),’ the s ys tem will generate an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button that generates within the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS I nventory Expert Service)’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach I ES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document info rmation will be displayed in a table format on the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen. The document attachment table display s the file name of the document(s) and the user-provided description of the document(s). The sys tem allows you to deleteTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 210 unwanted documents b y clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents, you can click the ‘File Name’ link under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Molecular Formula:** Enter a molecular formula in a text field using a free text format. This field is optional.  **Chemical Structure Diagram:** The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optional.  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window , click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the ‘Chemical Identification Information ’ field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document regarding the chemical structure.  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure .  **Actions:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located in the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons. After the document(s) is /are attached and you have clicked the ‘OK ’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ pop - up window close s and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and user-provided descripti on of the document. The system allows yo u to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 211 Exhibit 8 - 11 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 8**  **- 11**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 1)**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 212 Exhibit 8 - 12 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 8**  **- 12**  **: Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances**  **Screen (**  **Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** If you selected the ‘Class 1’ radio button, click the ‘Save’ button within the expandable/collapsible field, then click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. If you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button, cli ck the ‘Save’ button within the expandable/collapsible field set, then click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 213 8.1.10 Class 2 Substances You can navigate to the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ C lass 1 or 2 Chemical Substances ’ screen when you selected the ‘Class 2’ radio button . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Save’ icon ( ) within the action bar and clicking the ‘ Class 2 Substances ’ link within the navigation tree . The ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen provides fields for you to enter in information regarding a class 2 chemical substance. A class 2 chemical substance is a substance that may not have a defined chemical structure that has been identified. This screen provides fi elds for yo u to identify specific elements in the creation of the chemical using the following fields: ‘Precursor Substances,’ ‘Nature of Reaction,’ and ‘Range of Composition (Optional).’ You will be able to enter precursor substances by s earching SRS or b y the manual entry fields when the substance is not in SRS. The substances will display in a table listing the ‘Chemical Name’ and CASRN. The system provides fields for you to capture ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ in text boxes. The text boxes for both ‘Nature of Reaction’ and ‘Range of Composition’ can be claimed as CBI.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. T he ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field se t to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper-right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Precursor Substances:** This tab le captures the chemicals identified as immediate precursor substances, along with the respective CASRNs.  **Chemical Name:** Displays the chemical name associated with a precursor substance. Click the ‘Chemical Name’ link to navigate to the ‘Search SRS’ pop -up window for edits.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN associated with a precursor substance.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire chemical row permanently from the system. A warning message will display to confirm the deletion of the chemica l.  **Nature of Reaction:** Enter the ‘Nature of Reaction’ description. This is a required field.  **Range of Composition:** Enter the ‘Range of Composition’ description.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 214  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window and upload a document . Refer to **Section 3.8**  for further details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document ro w permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 215 Exhibit 8 - 13 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 1) :

**Exhibit 8**  **- 13**  **: Class 2 Substances**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 216 Exhibit 8 - 14 shows the screen capture of the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen (Scroll 2):

**Exhibit 8**  **- 14**  **: Class 2 Substance**  **s Screen**  **(Scroll 2)**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.11 Polymer Identification Information You can navigate to the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Chemical Identification Information’ screen when y ou select the ‘Poly

mer’ radio button . You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Polymer Identification In formation’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 217 Click the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button to create a chemical component. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, an expandable/collapsible field set generates that contains numerous fields that pertain to the particular polymer. The system provides numerous fields for yo u to enter multiple chemical components, each with unique information, by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each chemical you wish to identify. For a single compon ent submission, create the field set by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. For a multi - component submission, create individual field sets by clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button. Multi - component chemical submissions occur when two or more chemicals always generate together in a single pot and are never isol ated. Upon clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button, the application generates a field set containing numerous fields for you to enter information pertaining to that particular chemical. Enter additional chemical components, each with unique identifyin g information, b y clicking the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button for each additional chemical that is part of the multi - component mixture. All multi - component chemicals will reside in one chemical folder in the navigation tree.  **Add Chemical Component:** Displaysthe pol ym er identification information field set.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from saving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify

the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Chemical Component’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Colla pse All:**  Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Add Chemical ID:** Click the ‘Add Chemical ID’ button within the poly mer identification information field set to generate the ‘A dd Chemical ID’ pop -up window . You can search for the reported chemical(s) either by the ‘CASRN’ or ‘CA Index Name or Other Synon ym .’ If yo u retrieve zero results, the system provides fields for you to enter the chemical information by filling in the ‘Chem ical Name’ and the ‘Chemical Abstract Services Registry Number’ (CASRN) under the manual entry field set. The system provides functionality for you to enter the selected chemical by clicking the ‘OK’ button located at the bottom of the ‘Add Chemical ID ’ window.  **Chemical Name:** The s ystem provides fields for you to identify the ‘Chemical Name’ and the CASRN (if available). The system provides functionality for you to search for the chemicalTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 218 substance using the ‘Add Chemical ID’ search or manually enter the chemical information in the ‘Add Chemical ID’ pop up.  **ID Method:** The s ys tem shall require that you identify which identification (ID) method was used to determin e the chemical identity. When you select ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service),’ the s ys tem will generate an ‘Attach IES Report’ button for you to attach an IES report. If you select ‘Method 1,’ you are required to attach an IES report. You can also select ‘Method 2 (Other Method).’  **Attach IES Report:** To access the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window, click the ‘Attach IES Report’ button within the poly mer identification information field set after selecting the ‘Method 1 (CAS Inventory Expert Service) ’ radio button. After you attach the document(s), and click the ‘OK’ button, the ‘Attach IES Report’ pop -up window will close and the document information will be display ed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Identification In formation ’ screen. The attachme nt table displays the file name of the document and the user provided description of the document. Click the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column to delete unwanted documents . To access or edit previously attached documents , click the file name link under the ‘File Name’ column.  **Chemical Structure Diagram** : The s ys tem allows you to attach a chemical structure diagram. This field is optional.  **Attach Chemical Structure:** To access the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window , click the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ button within the polymer identification information field set. You can attach the file(s) and enter a description of the document.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ icon located in the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the field set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **File Name:** Displays the fi le name and file extension of the document that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ window.  **Description:** Displays the description of the chemical structure .  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached chemical structure row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion. After the document is attached and you click the ‘OK ’ button, the ‘Attach Chemical Structure’ pop -up window close s and the docume nt information will be displayed in a table format on the ‘ Poly mer Identification Information ’ screen. The attachment table displays the file name of the document and provided description of the document. The system provides functionality for you to delete unwanted documents by clicking the ‘Delete’ icon located under the ‘Actions’ column. To access or edit previously attached documents, click the appropriate file name of the document within the ‘File Name’ column of the attachment table.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 219 Exhibit 8 - 15 shows the screen capture of the ‘Poly mer Identification Information’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 15**  **: Polymer Identification**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.12 Monomers and Other Reacta nts You can navigate to the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Poly

mer Identification Information’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 220 The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen is used to identify the chemical measurements and monomers that make up a poly mer. The ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen has an ‘Add Monomer’ button for yo u to identify the monomer(s) that make up the po ly mer composition. Click the ‘Add Monomer’ button to generate an expandable/collapsible field set to enter information into the following fields:  **Search SRS:** Click the ‘Search SRS’ button to generate the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.9**  for additional details regarding the search SRS functionality.  **CASRN:** Displays the CASRN for the specified monomer; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘S earch Substance Registry Services ’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Monomer or Other Reactant:** Displays the monomer or other reactant name; this field populates based on information entered on the ‘ Search Substance Registry Services’ pop -up window. This is a required field.  **Cancel:** Click the ‘Cancel’ link located in the upper right - hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to prevent edits from s aving and to remove a field set. The ‘Cancel’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set is open for editing. A confirmation message displays to confirm the action.  **Edit:** Click the ‘Edit’ link located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to modify the information entered in the fields. The ‘Edit’ link is displayed when the expandable/collapsible field set has been saved and the data is not currently editable.  **Delete:** Click the ‘Delete’ icon ( ) located in the upper right -hand corner of the expandable/collapsible field set to delete the field set. A confirmation message displays to confirm the deletion. The ‘Delete’ icon ( ) is displayed when the user has clicked the ‘Add Monomer’ button.  **Expand All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to expand a series of field sets.  **Collapse All:** Click the link located at the upper -right of the expandable/collapsible field sets to collapse a series of field sets.  **Include in Identity:**  Check the ‘Include in Identity ’ checkbox to claim the value for ‘Monomer or Other Reactant’ as part of the monomer identification.  **Typical Composition:** Enter the ‘T ypical Composition’ value that a monomer contributes to a poly mer; the value e ntered must be a positive numerical value greater than zero (0) and less than or equal to one hundred ( 100 ) . I f the value entered is less than or equal to ‘2’ a warning will be displayed in the global ‘Validate’ function or during the submission process indicating that the ‘ Ty

pical Composition ’ is a value that is less than or equal to 2% and asking the user whether it should be included in the ‘ Chemical Identity. ’ This is a required field.  **Save:** Click the button to save the information entered within the m onomer expandable/collapsible field set. You must click this button instead of the ‘Save’ button located in the bottom action bar to successfully save the entered information within the fieldTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 221 set before being able to navigate away from the screen using the ‘Previous’ and ‘Next’ buttons.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional details regarding the attach document functionality .  **File Name:** Displays the file name and file extension of the file that is uploaded on the ‘Attach Do cuments’ pop - up window. Click the file name link to navigate to the ‘Attach Docum ents’ pop -up window to make any edits.  **Description:** Displays the description associated with a document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire attached document row permanently from the s ys tem. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 222 Exhibit 8 - 16 shows the screen capture of the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen:

**Exhibit 8**  **- 16**  **: Monomers and Other Reactants Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Use I nformation’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.13 Use Information You can navigate to the ‘Use Information’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Class 1 or 2 Chemical Substances’ screen, from the ‘Class 2 Substances’ screen, or from the ‘Monomers and Other Reactants’ screen, depending on the choice made on the ‘ Chemical Identification In formation ’ screen. You can also access this screen by cl icking the ‘Use Information’ link within the navigation tree.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 223 The ‘Use Information’ screen is used to capture data about the chemical substance’s intended use. When you navigate to the screen, the screen contains a text box with instructional text that reads, ‘How will the substance be used?’ Enter the specific data for the chemical substance and then advance to the next screen.  **How will the substance be used:** Enter the data regarding how the chemical substance is intended to be used. This is a required fi eld.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 224 Exhibit 8 - 17 shows the screen capture of the ‘Use I nformation’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 17**  **: Use Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.14 Submitter Site Identification You can navigate to the ‘Subm itter Site Identification’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Use Information’ screen . You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Submitter Site Id entification ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Submitter Site Identification ’ screen captures information about the identification of the sites of manufacture and/or the port of entry. The screen captures specific data for the site of manufacture and/or port of entry b y allowing you to search for a particular site using the FRS system. The system requires you to select from the ‘Site of Manufacture or Import’ drop - down menu when both the ‘Manufacture’ and ‘Import’ checkboxes were checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. You are also able to enter the site of manufacture and/or the port of entry information. Li st all of the sites of manufacture and/or the ports of entry that are controlled b y the submitter on this screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 225  **FRS Search:** Click the ‘FRS Search’ button to display the ‘Facility Registry S ys tem Search’ pop -up window.  **EPA Regist ry ID:**  Displays the EPA Registry ID of the site and/or port.  **Site of Manufacture or Port of Entry:** Displays the site of manufacture or port of entry depending on the checkboxes the user checked on the ‘Statement of Intent’ screen. This is a required field if the checkboxes were checked.  **Site Name:** Displays the site name of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Address:** Displays the address of the site or port. This is a required field .  **City:** Displays the city of the site or port. This is a required f ield .  **State:** Displays the state of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of the site or port. This is a required field .  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire site row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the site.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 226 Exhibit 8 - 18 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitter Site I dentification’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 18**  **: Submitter Site Identification Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.15 Document Management You can navigate to the ‘Document Management’ screen by cli cking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitter Site Identification’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Document Management’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘Document Management’ screen is used to attach required documents to the el ectronic form. The user must attach three required documents: ‘Spectrum of Substance,’ ‘Statement of Commercialization,’ and ‘Statement of Research and Development.’ The application also allows yo u to attach ‘Other’ documents.  **Attach Document:** Click the ‘Attach Document’ button to generate the ‘Attach Document s ’ pop -up window to upload documents .  **Document Name:** Displays the document name and file extension of the document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 227  **Document Type:** Displays the document ty pe associated with the uploaded document.  **Actions:** Click the ‘D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete the entire document row permanently from the system. A warning message displays to confirm the deletion of the document. Exhibit 8 - 19 shows the screen capture of the ‘Document Management’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 19**  **: Document Management Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Ne xt’ button to navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree. 8.1.16 Optional Cover Letter You can navigate to the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen by clicking the ‘Next’ button from the ‘ Document Management ’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ link within the navigation tree .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 228 The ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen is used to communicate information with EPA that is not collected elsewhere in the form. The cover letter is used to give EPA resources and special instructions regarding the application.  **Optional Cover Letter:** Enter any additional special instructions regarding the form. Exhibit 8 - 20 shows the screen capture of the ‘Optional Cover Letter’ screen: **Exhibit 8**  **- 20**  **: Optional Cover Letter Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to validate the form . Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 229 

### 9 Create Alternative Control Measures (ACM) Form The Section 5 Notices and Supports application allows alternative control measures (ACM) forms to be submitted. The ACM form is used to report proposed alternative control measures for publishing significant new use rules (SNURs) . 9.1 Create Alternative Control Measures Form To create a new ACM form, navigate to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and select ‘ Alternative Control Measures (ACM) ’ from the ‘Form Type’ drop - down menu. Refer to **Section 3.3**  for additional details regarding the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Refer to **Section 3.4**  for additional details regarding the create passphrase process. 9.1.1 Contact Information You can access the ‘ Contact Information ’ screen by entering a passphrase in the ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen or creating a passph rase on the ‘Create Passphrase’ screen. The ‘ Contact Information ’ screen provides an ‘Add Contact’ button and a contact information table for you to identify

a point of contact who is working for a U.S. based compan y.  **Form Alias:** Enter an alias to identify how the ACM 721.30 form is differentiated . The system auto - generates a default alias consisting of the form t ype and date stamp in the following format: < Form Ty pe - YYYYMMDD - HH:MM:SS Time Zone> . The form alias is an editable field that may be chang ed at any time. This is a required field.  **To add a new Contact click the Add Contact button:** Click the button to generate the ‘Add Contact’ window, for yo u to enter information for a point of contact. At least one contact is required.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the contact identified on the ‘Add Contact’ pop -up window.  **Address:** Displays the mailing address of the contact identified on the ‘Add Conta ct’ pop -up window.  **CBI:** Indicates the CBI status of a contact by displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Actions:** Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to delete a contact from the table. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the contact.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 230 Exhibit 9 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Contact Information’ screen : **Exhibit 9**  **- 1**  **: Contact**  **Information Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Add Contact’ button to begin the process of adding technical contact information. Click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘Attachments’ screen. You can also access this screen b y clicking the ‘Attachments’ link within the navigation tree.  **Click here to copy your in formation from CDX Registration**  **:** Click the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button to populate the fields with y our contact information provided during CDX registration. A prompt will display confirming the import of CDX registration information.  **Check here to claim this information as CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the contact information as confidential. If the ‘CBI’ checkbox is checked before clicking the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the ‘CBI’ checkbox will become unchecked upon navig ating back to the screen after copying CDX registration information. To claim a contact as confidential, check the ‘CBI’ checkbox after importing CDX registration information.  **First Name:** Enter the contact’s first name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX R egistration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Last Name:** Enter the contact’s last name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information ent ered during CDX registration. This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 231  **Company Name:** Enter the contact’s company name. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Phone Number :**  Enter the contact’s day time phone number ; dashes are not allowed . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Email Address:** Enter the contact’s email address. The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com . If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered du ring CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This i s a required field.  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration.  **City:** Enter the contact’s U.S. ci ty of the mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **State:** Select the state of the contact’s mailing address from the drop - down menu. If you have clicked the ‘Copy CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Postal Code :**  Enter the postal code of the contact’s mailing address. If you have clicked the ‘Cop y CDX Registration’ button, the fields populate with information entered during CDX registration. This is a required field.  **Country:** Displays ‘United States.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 232 Exhibit 9 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Add Contact’ window: **Exhibit 9**  **- 2**  **: Ad**  **d Contact Windo w** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Cancel’ button or the ‘X’ icon to stop the process of adding contact information. Click the ‘OK’ button to save the entered contact information and navigate back to the ‘Contact Information’ screen. 9.1.2 Attachments You can access the ‘ Attachments ’ screen b y clicking the ‘Next’ button f rom the ‘ Contact In formation ’ screen. You can also access this screen by clicking the ‘ Attachments ’ link within the navigation tree. The ‘ Attachments ’ screen provides an ‘Attach Document’ button for y ou to upload documentation that fulfills the specified r equirements, and a text field to provide the 40 Code of Federal Regulations ( CFR) 721 citation which the documentation refers to .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 233  **Attach Document :**  Click the ‘ Attach Document ’ button to attach documents that fulfill the outlined requirements in the instructional text . At least one document is required. Refer to **Section 3.8**  for additional information regarding the attach document functi onality .  **File Name :**  Displays the file name and file extension of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Description :**  Displays the description of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **Pages :**  Displays the number of pages a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop up window contains.  **Date :**  Displays the date that a document was uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window.  **CBI :**  Indicates the CBI status of a document uploaded on the ‘Attach Documents’ pop -up window by

displaying either a ‘Y’ or an ‘N.’  **Action :**  Click the ‘ D elete ’ icon ( ) to remove the attached document row. A warning message displays to confirm deletion of the document.  **ACM Citation at 40 CFR 721 :**  Enter the ACM ci tation reference that the documents uploaded are supporting . This field allows up to seven (7) numerical characters ; letters or other characters are not allowed . This is a required field.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 234 Exhibit 9 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘Attachments’ screen: **Exhibit 9**  **- 3**  **: At** **tachments Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Validate’ icon ( ) in the bottom action bar to validate the form. Click the ‘Save’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to save the overall form. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) to generate a PDF preview of the form. Click the ‘Sub mit’ icon ( ) located in the bottom action bar to initiate the submission process.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 235 

### 10 Preview The system provides the option to preview the form at any point during the submission process. Click the ‘Preview’ icon ( ) , located within the bottom action bar , to see a draft PDF version of the form . A screen will display for you view either the ‘ Regular ’ or ‘ Sanitized ’ version of the PDF differentiated b y buttons . After you choose either the ‘Regular’ or ‘ Sanitized’ PDF, the application generate s a draft watermarked PDF version of the form. Click the ‘Back’ button in the browser to navigate back to the form . The watermark reads ‘Not for Submission’ and displays across each page in the background. The form preview displays the entire form in a printable format. The preview functionality provides the flexibility

to track the status of the form and see the entire form in a single viewpoint. Exhibit 10 - 1 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotech nology form:

**Exhibit 10**  **- 1**  **: Preview** **Biotech nology**  **Form Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 236 Exhibit 10 - 2 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Biotech nology form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 2**  **: Preview** **Biotech nology**  **Form PDF**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 237 Exhibit 10 - 3 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the NOC form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 3**  **: Preview**  **NOC Form**  **PDF**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 238 Exhibit 10 - 4 shows the screen capture for the ‘Preview’ of the Support form: **Exhibit 10**  **- 4**  **: Preview** **Support Form PDF** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 239 

### 11 Validate You can click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) at any stage of completing a Section 5 Notices and Supports form . The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays when yo u click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ). The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window displays a report of all validation errors and warning messages. During the validation process, the application validates each screen of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to find missing and invalid data. **Validation Errors:**  Errors are denoted b y an error icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the error link. The links will display the Screen Title Name ( e.g. , Chemical Identification ) and the associated error . After yo u click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the error occurred so you can easily fix the error . Once you have fixed the error (s) , click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window. If the information y ou fixed passes validation, the error will be removed from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop - up window. You must fix all validation errors in order to submit the form to CDX successfully . **Warning Messages :**  Warnings are denoted b y a warning icon ( ) and can be fixed by clicking the warning link. The links will display the Screen Title and the associated warning . After you click a link, the main application screen will display the section where the warning occurred so yo u can easily

fix the warning . Once you have fixed the warning (s) , click the ‘ Validate ’ icon ( ) again to refresh the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ p op -up window. If the information you fixed passes validation, the warning will be removed from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window. You can pass validation and continue to submit a form to CDX with active warning messages. You can close the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation ’ pop -up window by clicking the ‘ X ’ icon located at the top right of the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop -up window .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 240 Exhibit 11 - 1 show s the screen capture for the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Validation’ pop up window:

**Exhibit 11**  **- 1**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Valid ation Pop**  **- Up W**  **indow**TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 241 

### 12 Submit to EPA via CDX As a Primary Agent/Consultant , you have the ability to sign and submit an original Support or ACM form to EPA via CDX . You also have the ability to submit amendments to all form ty pes. Y ou can save your form at any point during the data entry process. The save functionality will allow you to return to that same form at any point in the future. Once you complete all required information and correct all items failing validation, the system will allow the S ection 5 Notices and Supports form to be successfully submitted. 12.1 Submitting Official Information Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to access the ‘ Submitting Official Info rmation ’ screen. This screen onl y displays to Primary Authorized Officials or Agents/Consultants upon submission. After clicking the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ), the s ys tem requires you to review your contact information provided during CDX registration. The system also requires yo u to identify your job title . Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen. The following statement which displays to the Authorized Officials and Agents/Consultants must be confirmed before the system will allow you to move forward : “Please confirm that you are the legally responsible party from the submitting company.” If you check this checkbox associated with the statement , the application navigates to either the appropriate certification scre en or the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) ’ screen. If yo u do not check the checkbox associated with this statement, the application takes you back to the ‘Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen . A ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox will also be display ed on the screen. After you check the checkbox, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen. The ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox is only displayed for amendments /revisions/updates/etc. to the original submission.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 242 Exhibit 12 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 1**  **: Submitting Official Information Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigating to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen .  **Submitting On Behalf Of:** This checkbox only displays for amendments/revisions/updates to an original submission.  **CBI:** Check the ‘CBI’ checkbox to claim the submitting official’s information as confidential .  **Please confirm that you are the legally responsible party from the subm itting company:**  Check the checkbox to confirm that the individual submitting the form has permission to do so.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 243  **First Name:** Displays the first name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Middle Initial:** Displays the middle initial of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Last Name:** Displays the last name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Job Title:**  Enter the job title of the submitting official . This is a required field.  **Company Name:** Displays the company name of the submitting official, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **Phone Number:** Displays the phone number of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Email Address:** Displays the email address of the submitting official, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Mailing Address 1:** Displays th e first line of the mailing address from CDX registration information.  **Mailing Address 2:** Displays the second line of the submitting official’s mailing address , which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information.  **City:** Displays the city of th e submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **State:** Displays the state of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre populated from CDX registration information.  **Postal Code:** Displays the postal code of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information .  **Country:** Displays the country of the submitting official’s mailing address, which has been pre -populated from CDX registration information. 12.2 Submitting On Behalf Of Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports application to access the ‘Submitting Official Information’ screen. This screen only disp lays for amendments/revisions/updates/etc . to an original submission . After checking the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ checkbox on the ‘Submitting Official In formation’ screen (which is only displayed for amendments /revisions /updates/etc. to an original submi ssion) , you will be taken to the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen to enter in the company information that you are submitting the form on behalf of. Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 244 Exhibit 12 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Submitting On Behalf Of’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 2**  **: Submitting**  **On Behalf Of Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Next’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . Click the ‘Home’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ screen.  **CBI :**  Check the ‘CBI’ checkbo x to claim the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ information as confidential .  **First Name:** Enter the first name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Middle Initial:** Enter the middle initial of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Last Name:** Enter the last name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Job Title:** Enter the job title of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf yo u are submitting this form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 245  **Company Name:** Enter the company name of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Phone Number:** Enter the phone number of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Email Address:** Enter the email address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form . The email address must follow the standard email address format: John.Doe@abc.com .  **Mailing Address 1:** Enter the first line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Mailing Address 2:** Enter the second line of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **City:** Enter the city of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting you are submitting this f orm .  **State:** Enter the state of the mailing address of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Postal Code:** Enter the postal code of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf you are submitting this form .  **Country:** Enter the country of the ‘Submitting On Behalf Of’ individual on whose behalf yo u are submitting this form . 12.3 LVE Certification Click the ‘Next’ button from the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to acces s the ‘LVE Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification’ is selected from the ‘T ype of Notice’ drop - down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a PMN form. If the notice ty

pe is not ‘LVE’ or ‘LVE Modification,’ cli ck the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen or a different c ertification screen.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 246 Exhibit 12 - 3 shows the screen capture of the ‘ LVE Certification ’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 3**  **: LVE Certification**  **Screen**

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and navigate to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . Click the ‘Cancel’ button to stop the submission process. 12.4 LOREX Certification Click the ‘Next’ button on the ‘Submitting on Behalf Of’ screen to acce ss the ‘LOREX Certification’ screen. This screen displays when ‘L O REX’ or ‘L O REX Modification’ is selected from the ‘Type of Notice’ drop - down menu on the ‘General Form Information’ screen for a PMN form .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 247 Exhibit 12 - 4 shows the screen capture of the ‘LOREX Certification’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 4**  **: LOREX Certification Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen . 12.5 Submission Process: Validation Click the ‘ Submit ’ icon ( ) that is located in the bottom action b ar of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form to begin the submission process and access the ‘ Submission Process: Validation ’ screen. The first step in the submission process will validate the information entered within the Section 5 Notices and Supports form . After a form is validated, the system will generate a PDF.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 248 Exhibit 12 - 5 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: Validation’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 5**  **: Submission Process: Validation Screen** 

Exhibit 12 - 6 shows the screen capture of the ‘Submission Process: PDF Generation’ screen:

**Exhibit 12**  **- 6**  **: Submission Process: PDF Generation Screen** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 249 **Naviga tion:**  Click the ‘View PDF’ button to generate and view a PDF of the form . Click the ‘ Continue ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen . 12.6 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Certification Click the ‘ Continue ’ button on the ‘ Submission Process: PDF Generation ’ screen to access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Certification ’ screen. CROMERR provides the legal fr amework for electronic reporting under all of EPA’s environmental regulations. After clicking the ‘ Continue ’ button , the system requires you to certify that the form is CROMERR compliant. A screenshot of the compliancy agreement is shown below in Exhibit 12 - 7 . By clicking the ‘ I Certify ’ button on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen, you authenticate all of the information entered in the form . Click the ‘ Cancel ’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports application. Exhibit 12 - 7 shows the screen capture for the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 7**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (**  **CROMERR )**  **Certification Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘ I Certify ’ button to continue with submitting the form and proceed to the ‘ CROMERR Login ’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 250 12.7 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Login You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin ’ screen by clicking the ‘ I Certify ’ button on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Certification ’ screen. To proceed with the submission, log into CDX using the credentials y ou provided during CDX registration:  **Please login wit h your CDX p**  **assword:** Enter your CDX registration p assword . Exhibit 12 - 8 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin’ screen . **Exhibit 12**  **- 8**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Rep**  **orting Regulation ( CROMERR**  **) Login Screen** 

**Navigation:** Enter your CDX registration password and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ screen. 12.8 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR ) Security Question You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen b y entering your CDX registration password on the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Lo gin ’ screen and clicking the ‘ Next ’ button.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 251 The ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG - PI N questions you answered on the ‘ 20 - 5 - 1 Question ’ screen during the initial login to CDX. **eSIG -**  **PIN Authorization C ode:**  Provide one of the five secret answers to the questions that were pulled from the list of 20 CDX securit y questions. Exhibit 12 - 9 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security

Question’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 9**  **: Cross**  **- Media El**  **ectronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR**  **) Security**  **Question Screen**

**Navigation:** Answer the s ecurity question and click the ‘ Next ’ button to navigate to the ‘ CROMERR Submission ’ screen. 12.9 Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission You can access the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission ’ screen b y entering the answer to the security question and by clicking the ‘ Next ’ button on the ‘ CROMERR Security

Question ’ screen . On the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Report ing Regulation (CROMERR) Submission ’ screen, you will see a message indicating the form has been successfully submitted to CDX.TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 252 Exhibit 12 - 10 shows the screen captur e of the ‘ Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Submission’ screen: **Exhibit 12**  **- 10**  **: Cross**  **- Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR)**  **Submission Screen** 

**Navigation:** Click the ‘Finish’ button to navigate back to the Section 5 Notices and Supports ‘Home’ s creen. Click the ‘Forms’ link or tab to find your locked submission. The ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen will display the submission with a ‘ Lock ’ icon ( ) under the ‘Action’ column and will display a status of ‘Submitted.’TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 253 

### 13 Download Copy of Record To download a Copy

of Record , navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and l ocate an alias for which you have successfully completed a submission and which has a status of ‘ Submitted . ’ Click the ‘ C opy

of Record ’ icon ( ) from the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. You will be taken to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen to login into CDX. The ‘Enter Passphrase’ screen requires you to enter the passphrase originally associated with the form. I f your passphrase is entered correctly , you will be taken to the ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation (CROMERR) Login’ screen where you are required to enter your credentials you provide d during CDX registration . Once you have provided the correct CDX password, click the ‘Next’ button to navigate to the ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROMERR) Security Question ’ screen. The ‘Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation ( CROME RR) Security Question ’ screen randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG - PI N questions that you answered on the 20 - 5 - 1 Question screen during CDX registration . Answer the CROMERR security

question and click the ‘ OK ’ button. If your answer was successful , you will be taken to the ‘Download Copy of Record ’ screen . Exhibit 13 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Download Copy of Rec ord’ screen: **Exhibit 13**  **- 1**  **: Dow**  **nload Copy**  **of Record Screen**

The ‘ Download Copy

of Record ’ screen displays the ‘ File Name ’ and ‘ Action ’ columns in a table format. Click the ‘Copy of Record’ icon to download the individual files uploaded duringTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 254 the submission process , PDF version of the submission or the XML version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form . When you click the ‘ C opy of Record ’ icon ( ) , the system will allow you to view or downlo ad the individual files that were uploaded during the submission process. After you click the ‘C opy of Record ’ icon ( ), enter the passphrase associated with the case number, and click the ‘ Next ’ button . If the passphrase was correctly entered, the application will take you to the ‘CROMERR Login’ screen to enter the CDX password. I f your login was successful, you will be taken to the ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ screen. The ‘ CROMERR Security Question ’ scree n randomly selects and displays one of the five CROMERR eSIG - PI N questions that you answered on the 20 - 5 - 1 Question screen during the initial login to CDX. Answer the CROMERR s ecurity question and click the ‘ OK ’ button. If your answer was successful , you will be taken to the ‘ Download Copy of Record ’ screen . Exhibit 13 - 2 shows a screen capture of the download prompt : **Exhibit 13**  **- 2**  **: Dow**  **nload Prompt Screen** 

If you click the ‘ C opy

of Record ’ icon ( ) you will download:  A PDF version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports form  An XML

version of the Section 5 Notices and Supports formTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 2 55 

### 14 Create a n Amendment To amend a submitted Section 5 Notices and Supports form , navigate to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen and locate a submission that you previously submitted with a status of ‘ Submitted. ’ Inaddition to display ing a status of ‘ Submitted ’ under the ‘ Status ’ column, the ‘ Lock ’ icon ( ) will be displayed under the ‘ Action ’ column. Click the ‘ L ock ’ icon ( ) under the ‘ Action ’ column to start an amendment . Exhibit 14 - 1 shows the screen capture of the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms ’ screen:

**Exhibit 14**  **- 1**  **: Section 5 Notices and Supports**  **Form –**  **Am endment** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 256 **Navigation:** After clicking the ‘ L ock ’ icon ( ), a prompt will display to confirm the amendment process. If you do not want to continue with the amendment , click the ‘ Cancel ’ button to cancel the amendment process and return to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen. Click the ‘ OK ’ button to close the prompt and continue with the amendment . Exhibit 14 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Unlock Prompt’ message: **Exhibit 14**  **- 2**  **: Unlock Prompt Message**

After you click the ‘ OK ’ button, you will be taken to the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen. You must enter the passphrase originally associated with the submission to start the amendment process. After you enter the passphrase and click the ‘ Next ’ button, you will be taken to the first screen in the specific Section 5 Notices and Supports form . Refer to **Section 3.5**  for further instructions on the ‘ Enter Passphrase ’ screen. After a submission has been unlocked , the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen will display a status of ‘ In Progress ’ under the ‘ Status ’ column, and the ’Unlocked ’ icon ( ) will display under the ‘ Action ’ column ; however , you will not see these changes until y ou navigate back to the ‘ Section 5 Notices and Supports Forms’ screen . Refer to the following sections for additional instructions:  Refer to **Section 1**  through **Section 4.1.35**  for instructions on editing a revised PMN form  Refer to **Section** 1 through **Section 5.1.9**  for instructions on editi ng a revised Biotechnology form  Refer to **Section** 1 through **Section 6.1.8**  for instruction s on editing a revised NOC form  Refer to **Secti on**  1 through **Section 7.1.2**  for instructi ons on editing a revised Support form  Refer to **Section** 1 **t**hrough **Section 8.1.16**  for instructions on e diting a revised Bona Fide form  Refer to **Section** 1 through **Section 9.1.2**  for instruction s on editing a revised ACM formTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 257 

### 15 Resources You can access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ tab located at the top of the screen at any time during the submission process. You can also access the ‘ Resources ’ screen by clicking the ‘ Resources ’ link from the Section 5 Notices and Suppo rts ‘ Home ’ screen. The ‘ Resources ’ screen provides you with links to the appropriate Section 5 Notices and Supports user guides as well as additional helpful links. Click the ‘ User Guide ’ link to access the Section 5 Notices and Supports user guide document .  **Regulatory Im** **pact Analysis for the Regulation of Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Government Costs:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Regulatory Impact Analys is for the Regulation of Microbi al Products of Biotechnology : Government Costs ’ screen.  **Microbial Products of Biotechnology: Final Rule (62 FR 17910):** If yo u click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Microbial Products of Biotechnology : Final Rule (62 FR 17910) ’ screen.  **Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for**  **Microorganisms:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Points to Consider in the Preparation of TSCA Biotechnology Submissions for Microorganisms ’ PDF .  **CDX Ho**  **me page**  **:** If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the CDX Homepage .  **TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display ing the ‘ TSCA Chemical Substances Inventory ’ screen.  **Substance Registry Services (SRS):**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate displaying the ‘ Substance Registry Se rvices (SRS) ’ screen.  **Facility Registry System (FRS):**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ Facility Registry S ys tem (FRS) ’ screen.  **CAS Inventory Expert Services:**  If you click this link, a new internet browse r window will generate display

ing the ‘ CAS Inventory

Expert Services (IES) ’ screen.  **National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES):**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display ing the ‘ National Pollutant Discharge El imination System (NPDES) ’ screen.  **New Chemicals Program Homepage:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ New Chemicals Program ’ screen.  **Status of Section 5 Notices:**  If you click this link, a new internet browser window will generate display

ing the ‘ Status of Section 5 Notices ’ screen .TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 258 Exhibit 15 - 1 shows the screen captur e of the ‘ Resources ’ screen (Scroll 1) : **Exhibit 15**  **- 1**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 1)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 259 Exhibit 15 - 2 shows the screen capture of the ‘Resources’ screen (Scroll 2): **Exhibit 15**  **- 2**  **: Resources**  **Screen (Scroll 2)** TDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 260 

### Appendix A. Definitions, Acronyms , and Abbreviations The following table displays all the definitions, acrony ms, and abbreviations used in this document and their full name. **Definitions, A**

**crony ms, and A** **bbreviations Acron**  **ym Full Name**  ACM Alternative Control Measures AO Authorized Official BCF/BAF Bioconcentration Factors/Bioaccumulation Factors CBI Confidential Business Information CA Chemical Abstracts CAS Chemical Abstracts Service CASRN Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number CDX Central Data Exchange CoR Copy of Record CROMERR Cross - Media Electronic Reporting Regulation CSPP Chemical Safety and Pesticide Program s CSV Comma - Separated Values EPA Environmental Protection Agency EST Eastern Standard Time ETI Environmental Technology Initiative FR Federal Regulation FRS Facility Registry System GPC Gel - permeation Chromatography IES Inventory Expert Service IH Industrial Hygienist IR Infrared LOREX Low Release/Low Exposure Exemption LVE Low Volume Exemption MCAN Microbial Commercial Activity Notice MS Mass Spectrometry MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet NIOSH National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health NM R Nuclear Magnetic Resonance NOC Notice of Commencement NPDES National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System OPPT Office of Pollution Prevention and Toxics PDF Portable Document Format PM N Premanufacture Notice POTW Publicly Owned Treatment W orks PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPM Parts Per Million RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery ActTDD 9.21 OPPT MTS Section 5 Notices and Supports User Guide September 20, 2013

Primary Agent/Consultant 261 SAR Structure -Activity Relationship SDS Safety Data Sheet SNUN Significant New Use Notice SNUR Significant New Use Rule SRS Substance Registry Services STN Scientific and Technical Information Network TERA TSCA Experimental Release Application TME Test Market Exemption TMEA Test Marketing Exemption Application TS To xic Substances TSCA To xic Substances Control Act UV Ultraviolet XML Extensible Markup Language